[latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1080 - in trunk: . latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/l [more]
Karl Berry
INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua
Wed Jan 26 19:23:48 CET 2022
Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:23:47 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1080
Added:
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
Modified:
trunk/ChangeLog
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
trunk/latex2e.dbk
trunk/latex2e.dvi
trunk/latex2e.html
trunk/latex2e.info
trunk/latex2e.pdf
trunk/latex2e.txt
trunk/latex2e.xml
trunk/mirroring.html
trunk/writing.html
Log:
January 2022 release
Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
January 2022 release to CTAN.
* NEWS: update.
+ * mirroring.html,
+ * writing.html: use https, $Date.
+
2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl at freefriends.org>
* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
@@ -168,7 +171,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -283,7 +286,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -296,7 +299,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -410,7 +413,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -419,11 +422,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -537,7 +540,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -546,11 +549,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -664,7 +667,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -673,11 +676,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -791,7 +794,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -800,11 +803,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -918,7 +921,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -927,11 +930,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1045,7 +1048,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1054,11 +1057,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1172,7 +1175,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1181,11 +1184,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1299,7 +1302,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1308,11 +1311,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1426,7 +1429,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1435,11 +1438,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1562,11 +1565,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1667,7 +1670,7 @@
@code{...}-ification.
(\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Suppress
\DeclareTextCommandDefault from index. Some rewording. Add
- \DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typoes.
+ \DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typos.
(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault): @noindent
inserted.
(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault)
@@ -1739,16 +1742,16 @@
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi: Complete propagation of Jim's r631.
- (picture): Typoes. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
+ (picture): Typos. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
lR -> LR, menu descriptions.
(\put, \multiput): Propagate Jim's r631.
- (\qbezier): Typoes.
+ (\qbezier): Typos.
(\line): Rename xpente ypente to x_avance, y_monte, to stick to
the English original. Remove extra indexation of pict2e as in my
r994.
(\linethickness): Add some references as in my r994.
(\thinlines, \thicklines): Propagate Jim's r631.
- (\circle): Typoes.
+ (\circle): Typos.
(\oval): @dfn{...}-ize word oval as in my r994. Propagate Jim's
r631.
(\shortstack): Propagate Jim's r631.
@@ -1767,7 +1770,7 @@
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typoes. Align on English, notably
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typos. Align on English, notably
Karl's r504.
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1776,7 +1779,7 @@
``\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}'' --- as per Jim's r908
Rename ``\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol'' to ``\UseTextSymbol &
\UseTextAccent''
- (Font styles): Typoes.
+ (Font styles): Typos.
(minipage): Add argument ``{\columnwidth}'' --- as per Jim's r908
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1814,7 +1817,7 @@
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (Counters): Add index entry for each standard
- counter. Typoes on standard counter names.
+ counter. Typos on standard counter names.
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1855,7 +1858,7 @@
\ignorespacesafterend'' & ``xspace package''.
(\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, xspace package): and &
translate these nodes.
- (Footnote parameters): typoes.
+ (Footnote parameters): typos.
(Footnote parameters, \mathstrut, \strut): Add ``\'etai'' --- ie
strut --- to index.
@@ -2031,7 +2034,7 @@
2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (\mbox & \makebox): align on English. Plus some
- typoes correction.
+ typos correction.
2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2255,7 +2258,7 @@
2021-08-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (fontenc package): Translate the node to French.
- (list): typoes.
+ (list): typos.
(\@@ ): Translate the node to French.
2021-08-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2414,7 +2417,7 @@
2020-12-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi: Few typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi: Few typos.
* NEWS-fr: Delivery note December 2020 French delivery to CTAN.
@@ -2481,7 +2484,7 @@
* latex2e.texi (verbatim): Explain why it cannot be used within a
macro argument. Forward reference to CTAN node.
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typos.
(verbatim): Align on English.
2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2548,7 +2551,7 @@
separator, but for English it also make the column alignment
easier.
- * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typos.
(minipage): Fix translation, do not use inches (French people
don't understand what it means). Fix the neighbourhood population
example.
@@ -2670,7 +2673,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (\ref): typo, ``item'' duplicate word
removal. Reported by Denis Bitouz\'e.
- (figure): Typoes.
+ (figure): Typos.
2020-12-08 Karl Berry <karl at freefriends.org>
@@ -2798,7 +2801,7 @@
2020-09-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi: Finalize propagating Jim's r649, notably
- include article template. Fix lots of typoes.
+ include article template. Fix lots of typos.
* latex2e.texi: Insert a comma after @xref{...} wherever
applicable.
@@ -2870,7 +2873,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (minipage): Re-align on English translation.
- * latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments.
+ * latex2e.texi (minipage): Typos + insert a few TODO comments.
2020-07-124 Jim Hefferon <jim at joshua.smcvt.edu>
@@ -3050,7 +3053,7 @@
2020-04-16 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typos.
(\write): Clarify example comment, \og courant\fg \rightarrow \og racine\fg.
(\wlog): Suppress spurious space in example.
(\write18): Translate node with fixing statement on \jobname.
@@ -3086,11 +3089,11 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (\include & \includeonly): Complete translation.
- * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typoes.
+ * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typos.
2020-04-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typos.
* latex2e.texi (Sectioning): Fix \og secnumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg
@@ -3109,7 +3112,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (Top, Front/back matter): Change \og Front/back
matter\fg translation to \og Parties pr\'e/post-liminaires\fg.
- (CTAN): Typoes.
+ (CTAN): Typos.
(Document classes): Refresh translation.
(\part): Translate node.
(\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): Typo.
@@ -3156,7 +3159,7 @@
* latex2e.texi (\endinput): clarify \og during mailing\fg.
(Table of contents etc.): Move package index reference to the
concerned paragaph.
- (\openin & \openout): Typoes.
+ (\openin & \openout): Typos.
(\read): \og\file\fg \rightarrow \og\recipient file\fg
(\write): \og at code{\ldots}\fg \rightarrow \og at var{\ldots}\fg.
(\write): typo.
@@ -3282,7 +3285,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (\@@startsection): \og scenumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg where applicable.
(Class and package commands): Translate index entries.
(figure): \og figure\fg \rightarrow \og figure*\fg.
- (list): Typoes.
+ (list): Typos.
(quotation & quote): Typo.
(Color): Translate menu entry.
(Commands for color): Translate node.
@@ -3336,7 +3339,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (trivlist): typo.
(\linethickness): typo
- (tabular): typoes.
+ (tabular): typos.
(\newcommand & \renewcommand): use @var{\ldots}.
(\parbox): Re-align French on English version.
(Color package options): progress translation.
@@ -4071,7 +4074,7 @@
2017-10-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Typo.
- (quotation and quote): Typoes.
+ (quotation and quote): Typos.
2017-08-24 Karl Berry <karl at freefriends.org>
@@ -4104,7 +4107,7 @@
2017-08-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * NEWS-fr: Typoes.
+ * NEWS-fr: Typos.
* Makefile.1: Add common.texi to the list of files to be zipped
into distribution.
@@ -4126,7 +4129,7 @@
* NEWS-fr: svn propset keywords to Id for leading timestap to be
uptodate
- * README-fr: Typoes. Extend the leading English part fo the French
+ * README-fr: Typos. Extend the leading English part fo the French
readme to comply with CTAN requirements.
2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -4179,7 +4182,7 @@
as \@@startsection and how \section keeps is standard calling form
when redefined. heading -> title for consistency. @code{}-ify
class names, book, report & article. Use anchor to
- secnumdepth. Typoes. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
+ secnumdepth. Typos. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
hbox in example by not repeating explanations in examplified LaTeX
comments, rather make a simple link. style [...] file -> package
[...] file. redefined [...] sectional units -> redefined [...]
@@ -4468,7 +4471,7 @@
(Cross references, \label, abstract): Same changes as in
latex2e.texi.
(Cross references, \label, \pageref, \ref): Take Jim's rev481
- edits + fix some typoes.
+ edits + fix some typos.
(\includeonly): Fix typo.
* Makefile.1: Add check-license-<lang> targets to check that the
@@ -4483,12 +4486,12 @@
license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
(dircategory): fix `LaTeX2e-fr' -> `latex2e-fr'
(throughout document): Use proper unbreakable space before colons.
- (tabular, \newtheorem): typoes.
- (\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument + typoes.
- (\cc): typoes + add example from latex2e.texi
+ (tabular, \newtheorem): typos.
+ (\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument + typos.
+ (\cc): typos + add example from latex2e.texi
(\closing): typo.
- (\signature): Typoes, translate @var name.
- (Command line): Typoes.
+ (\signature): Typos, translate @var name.
+ (Command line): Typos.
* latex2e.texi: Restore license text without @inclusion of
license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
@@ -4709,19 +4712,19 @@
package variable @var{paquo} in the synopsis description.
(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align description on latest
latex2e.texi by @code{...}-ifying all the occurrence of
- `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typoes.
+ `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typos.
(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): nargs starting from 0
- rather than from 1. Fix typoes. `argument positionnel' ->
+ rather than from 1. Fix typos. `argument positionnel' ->
`param\`etre positionnel'.
(Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the
- @findex in accordance with description. Fix typoes.
+ @findex in accordance with description. Fix typos.
2016-04-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Top): Make version under quotes to
avoid incorrect French ``de Avril 2016'' or ``du Avril 2016''
instead of ``d'Avril 2016''.
- (Document classes): Typoes.
+ (Document classes): Typos.
* latex2e-{es,fr}.texi (top comment): Update dates in copyright
notice up to 2016.
@@ -4738,7 +4741,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Output files, Using BibTeX):
Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment
by Petra R\"ube-Pugliese.
- (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typoes.
+ (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typos.
* latex2e.texi (top comment, Output files): Replace CTAN central
server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra
@@ -4815,10 +4818,10 @@
environment by a call to this macro.
* latex2e-fr.texi: Same as latex2e.texi.
- (filecontents): Typoes.
+ (filecontents): Typos.
(table): Typo (table evironment name mistakenly translated to
French).
- (\\): Typoes.
+ (\\): Typos.
(\enlargethispage): translate cindex entry to French.
* latex2e-es.texi: Same as latex2e.texi.
@@ -4901,11 +4904,11 @@
2016-03-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typoe in `Modes' menu entry.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typo in `Modes' menu entry.
(eqnarray): `or' -> `ou'.
(Math symbols): Progress translation of this node + same changes
as in latex2e.texi.
- (Modes): Typoes + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
+ (Modes): Typos + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
(\ensuremath): new node.
(\(SPACE) and \@@): `guillemet anglais' -> `guillemet-apostrophe'.
(Text symbols): Progess translation of this node + same changes as
@@ -5043,7 +5046,7 @@
(\addtocontents): Translate this node.
(Glossaries): Translate this node.
(Indexes): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
- (Letters): Typoes. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
+ (Letters): Typos. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
translation with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
(\address): Translate this node.
(\cc): Translate this node.
@@ -5127,7 +5130,7 @@
2016-01-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typos.
(Subscripts & superscripts): Typo.
(Math functions): Translate this node to French.
(Math accents): Translate this node to French.
@@ -5294,7 +5297,7 @@
@example... at end~example.
* latex2e-fr.texi (Output files): Typo.
- (tabular): Typoes.
+ (tabular): Typos.
(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Typo. Introduce the concept of positional parameter.
(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Complete the translation
and make the same text improvements as in latex2e.texi.
@@ -5853,7 +5856,7 @@
concerning \parindent length.
* latex2e-fr.texi (Tables of contents): Translation of this node.
- (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typoes.
+ (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typos.
2015-08-03 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
@@ -5882,10 +5885,12 @@
2015-07-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche at gmail.com>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for "Making paragraphs"
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for
+ "Making paragraphs"
(itemize): typo, remove left-over English word "dash"
- (Making paragraphs): typoes.
- (\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these nodes.
+ (Making paragraphs): typos.
+ (\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these
+ nodes.
* latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Correct -- for --- for en-dash
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
\textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{%
- Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+ Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
\end{tabular}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
@@ -164,8 +164,11 @@
\end{center}
</pre></div>
+<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span>
+<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span>
+
<p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="table.html"><code>table</code></a>), use the
-<samp>tablefootnote</samp> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -1668,6 +1668,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
@@ -1860,7 +1861,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -2259,6 +2260,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -2282,6 +2284,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
@@ -2349,6 +2352,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html">\ps</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -2466,8 +2470,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html">\newlength</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar"><code>sloppypar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -2548,6 +2552,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html">article template</a></td></tr>
@@ -2697,6 +2702,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
-<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
+<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
<p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <samp>amssymb</samp> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>). New
documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
<code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
following operator (relation).
</p>
<p>Many negated operators are available that don’t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -1037,21 +1037,21 @@
<dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left
(binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
is a relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right
(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</p>
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</p>
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
(relation). Synonym: <code>\restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -118,78 +118,91 @@
<dl compact="compact">
<dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><span id="index-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm.
+<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-pica'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pica' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pc"></span>
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-pica"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><span id="index-inch"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
+<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><span id="index-big-point"></span>
+<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-centimeter'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-centimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-millimeter'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-millimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-mm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-didot-point'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-didot-point' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dd"></span>
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-cicero'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cicero' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cc"></span>
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-scaled-point'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-scaled-point' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-sp"></span>
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
<span id="index-ex"></span>
-<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
-<span id="index-ex-1"></span>
-<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
-<span id="index-em"></span>
-<span id="index-em-1"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font. The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
+<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>). Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
</p>
-<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
-<span id="index-mu"></span>
-<p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family. See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
+<span id="index-em"></span>
+<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt. LaTeX has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html"><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></a>).
</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</p>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
<p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
</p>
-<p>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form
<samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@
</pre></div>
<p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
</p>
<p>These are accented ‘<samp>e</samp>’ characters.
</p>
@@ -131,7 +131,8 @@
\accent23 e
</pre></div>
-<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<p>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
</p>
<p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
- \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></div>
<p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
- \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></div>
<p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@
<pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
</p>
<p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
</p>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
</p>
</dd>
<dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The header and footer is empty.
+<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty.
</p>
</dd>
<dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
<p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
the box’s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
</p>
<p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -141,10 +141,8 @@
<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
then you get an error like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument>
\sepcindent</samp>’. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be
-read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>’
+then you get an error like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>’.
</p>
-
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
</head>
<body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1>
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
<span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
<p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
</p>
<div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -109,7 +109,9 @@
<hr>
<span id="sloppypar-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4>
-<span id="index-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></span>
+
<span id="index-sloppypar-environment"></span>
<p>Synopsis:
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -111,6 +111,9 @@
<span id="xspace-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.13 xspace package</h3>
<span id="index-_005cxspace"></span>
+<span id="index-package_002c-xspace"></span>
+<span id="index-xspace-package"></span>
+
<span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></span>
<span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></span>
@@ -137,16 +140,16 @@
The \VT{} summers are nice.
</pre></div>
-<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<samp>Vermont</samp>’ from
-‘<samp>summers</samp>’. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+‘<samp>summers</samp>’. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
<code>\ </code> for this. See <a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>.)
</p>
<p>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing
commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
@@ -163,10 +166,10 @@
</p>
<p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in
a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
</p>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e.dbk
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.dbk 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.dbk 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
<!-- $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ -->
<!-- Public domain. -->
-<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</title>
+<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title>
<!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
<!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
<!-- xx JH something on code listings -->
<!-- xx JH ligatures -->
<!-- -->
+<!-- xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). -->
+<!-- -->
<!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
<!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
<!-- xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. -->
@@ -37,7 +39,7 @@
<!-- xx All the special characters should be definitively described. -->
<bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
</para>
<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -54,7 +56,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
</para>
<para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -81,7 +83,7 @@
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
</para>
<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -98,7 +100,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
</para>
<para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -127,7 +129,7 @@
<title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
</para>
</chapter>
@@ -8049,7 +8051,9 @@
<sect2 label="9.6.1" id="sloppypar">
<title><literal>sloppypar</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sloppypar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>sloppypar</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>sloppypar</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sloppypar environment</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -8605,7 +8609,7 @@
\textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{%
- Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+ Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
\end{tabular}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
@@ -8639,8 +8643,11 @@
Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
\end{center}
</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tablefootnote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tablefootnote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
<para>For a floating <literal>table</literal> environment (see <link linkend="table">table</link>), use the
-<filename>tablefootnote</filename> package.
+<literal>tablefootnote</literal> package.
</para>
<screen>\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
...
@@ -9631,6 +9638,9 @@
<title>xspace package</title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces, ignore around commands</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, ignore spaces</primary></indexterm>
@@ -9654,16 +9664,16 @@
Our college is in \VT .
The \VT{} summers are nice.
</screen>
-<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ from
-‘<literal>summers</literal>’. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+‘<literal>summers</literal>’. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
<literal>\ </literal> for this. See <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>.)
</para>
<para>The <literal>xspace</literal> package provides <literal>\xspace</literal>. It is for writing
commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
</para>
<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
Our college is in \VT .
@@ -9679,10 +9689,10 @@
<!-- David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <literal>\xspace</literal>. Putting it in
a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<literal>\xspace</literal> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <literal>\xspace</literal> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
</para>
</sect1>
@@ -10083,10 +10093,10 @@
\hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
\end{minipage}
</screen>
-<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<literal>fil</literal>, <literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>. The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>).
+<para>&tex; has three levels of infinity for glue components: <literal>fil</literal>,
+<literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>. The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>).
</para>
<para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
that after <literal>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</literal> and
@@ -10103,79 +10113,79 @@
<para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
math mode.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>pt</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm.
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm><literal>pt</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pc</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pc</primary></indexterm><literal>pc</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pica</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>pc</primary></indexterm>
<anchor id="units-of-length-pc"/><para>Pica, 12 pt
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>in</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>in</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>inch</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-in"/><para>Inch, 72.27 pt
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>in</primary></indexterm><literal>in</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>inch</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-in"/><para>Inch, 72.27 pt
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>bp</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm><literal>bp</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>PostScript point</primary></indexterm>
<anchor id="units-of-length-bp"/><para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cm</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm><literal>mm</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm><literal>cm</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centimeter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter
+<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter, 10 mm
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>mm</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dd</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm><literal>dd</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>didot point</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm>
<anchor id="units-of-length-dd"/><para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cc</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm><literal>cc</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cicero</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm>
<anchor id="units-of-length-cc"/><para>Cicero, 12 dd
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sp</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm><literal>sp</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>scaled point</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm>
<anchor id="units-of-length-sp"/><para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm><literal>ex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>x-height</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>x-height</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>m-width</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>em</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="Lengths_002fem"/><anchor id="Lengths_002fen"/><anchor id="Lengths_002fex"/><anchor id="units-of-length-em"/><anchor id="units-of-length-en"/><anchor id="units-of-length-ex"/><para>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font. The x-height of the current font <firstterm>ex</firstterm>, traditionally the
+<anchor id="Lengths_002fex"/><anchor id="units-of-length-ex"/><para>The x-height of the current font <firstterm>ex</firstterm>, traditionally the
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <firstterm>em</firstterm>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<literal>\enspace</literal>, which is <literal>0.5em</literal>). Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</literal> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mu, math unit</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>mu</primary></indexterm>
-<para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<firstterm>mu</firstterm> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family. See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>em</primary></indexterm><literal>em</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>m-width</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="Lengths_002fem"/><anchor id="units-of-length-em"/><para>Similarly <firstterm>em</firstterm>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt. &latex; has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <link linkend="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</link>).
</para>
-
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mu</primary></indexterm><literal>mu</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>mu, math unit</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-mu"/><para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <firstterm>mu</firstterm>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in
+math mode</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</literal> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 label="14.2" id="_005csetlength">
<title><literal>\setlength</literal></title>
@@ -10207,10 +10217,8 @@
<literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>,
then you get an error like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument>
\sepcindent</literal>’. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be
-read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</literal>’
+then you get an error like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero.</literal>’.
</para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 label="14.3" id="_005caddtolength">
<title><literal>\addtolength</literal></title>
@@ -10867,7 +10875,7 @@
<para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<literal>amsmath</literal> and <filename>amssymb</filename> (also be aware of the <literal>mathtools</literal>
+<literal>amsmath</literal> and <literal>amssymb</literal> (also be aware of the <literal>mathtools</literal>
package that is an extension to, and loads, <literal>amsmath</literal>). New
documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
@@ -11064,7 +11072,7 @@
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Box</primary></indexterm><literal>\Box</literal>
</term><listitem><para>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
<!-- bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\bullet</literal>
@@ -11092,7 +11100,7 @@
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\complement</primary></indexterm><literal>\complement</literal>
</term><listitem><para>∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. Also used:
+<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. Also used:
<literal>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</literal> or <literal>$\bar{S}$</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cong</primary></indexterm><literal>\cong</literal>
@@ -11122,7 +11130,7 @@
</term><listitem><para>δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\Diamond</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+</term><listitem><para>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamond</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large
@@ -11322,7 +11330,7 @@
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\lhd</literal>
</term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation
+<literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation
and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ll</primary></indexterm><literal>\ll</literal>
@@ -11411,7 +11419,7 @@
following operator (relation).
</para>
<para>Many negated operators are available that don’t require <literal>\not</literal>,
-particularly with the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For example, <literal>\notin</literal>
+particularly with the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. For example, <literal>\notin</literal>
is typographically preferable to <literal>\not\in</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\notin</primary></indexterm><literal>\notin</literal>
@@ -11536,7 +11544,7 @@
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restriction</primary></indexterm><literal>\restriction</literal>
</term><listitem><para>↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+<literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\revemptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\revemptyset</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related:
@@ -11549,7 +11557,7 @@
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\rhd</literal>
</term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
+load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rho</primary></indexterm><literal>\rho</literal>
@@ -11622,7 +11630,7 @@
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubset</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset <literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+subset <literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
@@ -11630,7 +11638,7 @@
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupset</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset <literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+superset <literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
@@ -11700,26 +11708,26 @@
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleleft</literal>
</term><listitem><para>◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left
(binary). Similar: <literal>\lhd</literal>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which
+should load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which
is a relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleright</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleright</literal>
</term><listitem><para>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right
(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
+<literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unlhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unlhd</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <literal>amssymb</literal> and
use <literal>\vartrianglelefteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unrhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unrhd</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <literal>amssymb</literal> and
use <literal>\vartrianglerighteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
@@ -11746,7 +11754,7 @@
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upharpoonright</primary></indexterm><literal>\upharpoonright</literal>
</term><listitem><para>↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
(relation). Synonym: <literal>\restriction</literal>.
-Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\uplus</literal>
</term><listitem><para>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
@@ -11767,7 +11775,7 @@
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vanothing</primary></indexterm><literal>\vanothing</literal>
</term><listitem><para>∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: <literal>\emptyset</literal>. Related:
-<literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+<literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varphi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varphi</literal>
</term><listitem><para>φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
@@ -13433,7 +13441,7 @@
</term><listitem><para>The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number, centered.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>empty</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>The header and footer is empty.
+</term><listitem><para>The header and footer are both empty.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>headings</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style
@@ -14148,13 +14156,13 @@
here
</para>
<screen>\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
- \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
</screen>
<para>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with
</para>
<screen>\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
- \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
</screen>
<para>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
</para>
@@ -15540,7 +15548,7 @@
</screen>
<para>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <replaceable>extension</replaceable>.
</para>
-<para>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<para>This example declares that all files with names of the form
<filename>filename-without-dot.mps</filename> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
@@ -16103,7 +16111,7 @@
<para>The unstarred form <literal>\resizebox</literal> takes <replaceable>vertical length</replaceable> to be
the box’s height while the starred form <literal>\resizebox*</literal> takes it to
be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <literal>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <literal>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
box has both height and depth.}}</literal>.
</para>
<para>You can use <literal>\depth</literal>, <literal>\height</literal>, <literal>\totalheight</literal>, and
@@ -16775,9 +16783,9 @@
<screen>\accent <replaceable>number</replaceable> <replaceable>character</replaceable>
</screen>
<para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <replaceable>number</replaceable>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <replaceable>character</replaceable> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <replaceable>number</replaceable>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <replaceable>character</replaceable>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
</para>
<para>These are accented ‘<literal>e</literal>’ characters.
</para>
@@ -16787,7 +16795,8 @@
\accent22 e
\accent23 e
</screen>
-<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<para>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
</para>
<para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
outcome of <literal>\accent</literal> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is
@@ -18833,9 +18842,9 @@
</para>
<screen>\openout <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable>
</screen>
-<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <replaceable>number</replaceable>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <literal>\openin3</literal> (in Lua&latex;
-<replaceable>number</replaceable> can be between 0 and 255).
+<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines,
+the <replaceable>number</replaceable> must be between 0 and 15, as in <literal>\openin3</literal>; in
+Lua&latex;, <replaceable>number</replaceable> can be between 0 and 127.
</para>
<para>Here &tex; opens the file <filename>presidents.tex</filename> for reading.
</para>
Modified: trunk/latex2e.dvi
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -11894,6 +11894,9 @@
<span id="xspace-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.13 xspace package</h3>
<span id="index-_005cxspace"></span>
+<span id="index-package_002c-xspace"></span>
+<span id="index-xspace-package"></span>
+
<span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></span>
<span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></span>
@@ -11920,16 +11923,16 @@
The \VT{} summers are nice.
</pre></div>
-<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<samp>Vermont</samp>’ from
-‘<samp>summers</samp>’. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+‘<samp>summers</samp>’. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
<code>\ </code> for this. See <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>.)
</p>
<p>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing
commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
@@ -11946,10 +11949,10 @@
</p>
<p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in
a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
</p>
<hr>
@@ -26682,6 +26685,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
@@ -27099,6 +27103,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -8448,16 +8448,16 @@
Our college is in \VT .
The \VT{} summers are nice.
- But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy
+ But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from
-'summers'. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for
-this. *Note \(SPACE)::.)
+'summers'. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for this.
+*Note \(SPACE)::.)
The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'. It is for writing commands
which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place at the
very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space after
that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions.
-In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
Our college is in \VT .
@@ -8472,10 +8472,10 @@
A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'. Putting it in a
definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
'\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: Top
@@ -20089,6 +20089,7 @@
* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 64)
* package, xr: xr package. (line 6)
* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 6)
+* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 6)
* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 53)
* packages, loading additional: Additional packages. (line 6)
* page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
@@ -20561,6 +20562,7 @@
* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 64)
* xr package: xr package. (line 6)
* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 6)
+* xspace package: xspace package. (line 6)
* xstring package: Jobname. (line 53)
@@ -20834,281 +20836,281 @@
Node: \protect318787
Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend321175
Node: xspace package323925
-Node: Counters326135
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327836
-Node: \usecounter330471
-Node: \value331330
-Node: \setcounter332383
-Node: \addtocounter332979
-Node: \refstepcounter333433
-Node: \stepcounter334102
-Node: \day & \month & \year334655
-Node: Lengths335564
-Node: Units of length340142
-Ref: units of length pt340345
-Ref: units of length pc340462
-Ref: units of length in340485
-Ref: units of length bp340511
-Ref: units of length mm340642
-Ref: units of length cm340674
-Ref: units of length dd340703
-Ref: units of length cc340735
-Ref: units of length sp340760
-Ref: Lengths/ex340902
-Ref: units of length ex340902
-Ref: Lengths/em341045
-Ref: units of length em341045
-Ref: units of length mu341386
-Node: \setlength341915
-Node: \addtolength343027
-Node: \settodepth344450
-Node: \settoheight345438
-Node: \settowidth346436
-Node: \stretch347441
-Node: Expressions348643
-Node: Making paragraphs353457
-Node: \par355772
-Node: \indent & \noindent357818
-Node: \parindent & \parskip359353
-Node: Marginal notes360682
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush362078
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362252
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362384
-Node: Math formulas362733
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts365781
-Node: Math symbols367942
-Node: Arrows391713
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392901
-Node: Blackboard bold394420
-Node: Calligraphic395222
-Node: Delimiters395753
-Node: \left & \right397940
-Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401977
-Node: Dots404747
-Ref: ellipses cdots405178
-Ref: ellipses ddots405323
-Ref: ellipses ldots405404
-Ref: ellipses vdots405821
-Node: Greek letters407005
-Node: Math functions408684
-Node: Math accents410328
-Node: Over- and Underlining411227
-Node: Spacing in math mode413054
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413985
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414436
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414892
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414892
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415373
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad415746
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad416002
-Node: \smash416340
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418557
-Node: \mathstrut421131
-Node: Math styles422093
-Node: Math miscellany424827
-Node: Colon character & \colon425324
-Node: \*426017
-Node: \frac426597
-Node: \sqrt426968
-Node: \stackrel427554
-Node: Modes427827
-Ref: modes paragraph mode428277
-Ref: modes lr mode428589
-Ref: modes math mode429195
-Ref: modes vertical mode429530
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode429748
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430271
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430271
-Node: \ensuremath430685
-Node: Page styles431390
-Node: \maketitle432153
-Node: \pagenumbering435171
-Node: \pagestyle437158
-Node: \thispagestyle440666
-Node: Spaces441620
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442940
-Node: \hspace443855
-Node: \hfill445712
-Node: \hss446776
-Node: \spacefactor447470
-Node: \@450877
-Ref: \AT450997
-Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452937
-Ref: \frenchspacing453055
-Node: \normalsfcodes453857
-Node: \(SPACE)454125
-Ref: Leading blanks456065
-Node: ~456378
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace459188
-Node: \/460386
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462344
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463704
-Ref: bigskip464522
-Ref: medskip464726
-Ref: smallskip464935
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465596
-Node: \strut466582
-Node: \vspace469819
-Node: \vfill471380
-Node: \addvspace472308
-Node: Boxes474354
-Node: \mbox & \makebox475060
-Ref: mbox makebox depth476328
-Ref: mbox makebox height476328
-Ref: mbox makebox width476328
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476328
-Node: \fbox & \framebox478423
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479730
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479920
-Node: \parbox481022
-Node: \raisebox483328
-Ref: raisebox depth484301
-Ref: raisebox height484301
-Ref: raisebox width484301
-Ref: raisebox totalheight484301
-Node: \sbox & \savebox485002
-Node: lrbox488088
-Node: \usebox488974
-Node: Color489413
-Node: Color package options490212
-Node: Color models491858
-Ref: color models cmyk492655
-Ref: color models gray493018
-Ref: color models rgb493167
-Ref: color models RGB493504
-Ref: color models named493879
-Node: Commands for color494167
-Node: Define colors494582
-Node: Colored text495307
-Node: Colored boxes497704
-Node: Colored pages499093
-Node: Graphics499786
-Node: Graphics package options501912
-Node: Graphics package configuration504665
-Node: \graphicspath505467
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508425
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule510243
-Node: Commands for graphics513422
-Node: \includegraphics513927
-Ref: includegraphics width518990
-Ref: includegraphics height519523
-Ref: includegraphics totalheight519929
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio520193
-Ref: includegraphics viewport521879
-Ref: includegraphics trim522274
-Ref: includegraphics clip522730
-Ref: includegraphics page522990
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox523081
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate523946
-Ref: includegraphics quiet524151
-Ref: includegraphics draft524312
-Ref: includegraphics bb525117
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx525515
-Ref: includegraphics bblly525515
-Ref: includegraphics bburx525515
-Ref: includegraphics bbury525515
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth525657
-Ref: includegraphics natheight525657
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525843
-Ref: includegraphics type526605
-Ref: includegraphics ext526645
-Ref: includegraphics read526748
-Ref: includegraphics command526865
-Node: \rotatebox527111
-Node: \scalebox529965
-Node: \resizebox531045
-Node: Special insertions532239
-Node: Reserved characters533107
-Node: Upper and lower case534367
-Node: Symbols by font position536753
-Node: Text symbols537432
-Node: Accents542416
-Node: \accent544701
-Node: Additional Latin letters546527
-Ref: Non-English characters546709
-Node: inputenc package547728
-Ref: \inputencoding549944
-Node: \rule550280
-Node: \today551468
-Node: Splitting the input552404
-Node: \endinput554146
-Node: \include & \includeonly555449
-Node: \input559746
-Node: Front/back matter560961
-Node: Table of contents etc.561294
-Node: \@dottedtocline567055
-Node: \addcontentsline568642
-Node: \addtocontents571705
-Node: \contentsline573922
-Node: \nofiles575700
-Node: \numberline576451
-Node: Indexes577615
-Node: Produce the index manually580409
-Node: \index581573
-Node: makeindex586784
-Ref: makeindex preamble588452
-Ref: makeindex postamble588598
-Ref: makeindex group skip588694
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag589034
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589495
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589647
-Ref: makeindex item 0589795
-Ref: makeindex item 1589875
-Ref: makeindex item 2589950
-Ref: makeindex item 01590028
-Ref: makeindex item x1590133
-Ref: makeindex item 12590338
-Ref: makeindex item x2590446
-Ref: makeindex delim 0590606
-Ref: makeindex delim 1590736
-Ref: makeindex delim 2590866
-Ref: makeindex delim n590992
-Ref: makeindex delim r591127
-Ref: makeindex line max591235
-Ref: makeindex indent space591370
-Ref: makeindex indent length591465
-Ref: makeindex page precedence591650
-Node: \printindex592687
-Node: Glossaries593160
-Node: \newglossaryentry595127
-Node: \gls596594
-Node: Letters597388
-Node: \address601006
-Node: \cc601817
-Node: \closing602259
-Node: \encl602573
-Node: \location602987
-Node: \makelabels603251
-Node: \name605568
-Node: \opening605809
-Node: \ps606090
-Node: \signature606379
-Node: \telephone607607
-Node: Input/output607972
-Node: \openin & \openout608702
-Node: \read611462
-Node: \typein612649
-Node: \typeout613909
-Node: \write614949
-Node: \write and security619676
-Node: \message620620
-Node: \wlog622449
-Node: \write18622950
-Node: Command line interface626441
-Ref: Command line626605
-Node: Command line options628758
-Ref: interaction modes629761
-Ref: output directory630715
-Node: Command line input632414
-Node: Jobname634531
-Node: Recovering from errors637774
-Node: Document templates639202
-Node: beamer template639636
-Node: article template640278
-Node: book template640741
-Node: Larger book template641220
-Node: Index642762
-Ref: Command Index642848
+Node: Counters326124
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327825
+Node: \usecounter330460
+Node: \value331319
+Node: \setcounter332372
+Node: \addtocounter332968
+Node: \refstepcounter333422
+Node: \stepcounter334091
+Node: \day & \month & \year334644
+Node: Lengths335553
+Node: Units of length340131
+Ref: units of length pt340334
+Ref: units of length pc340451
+Ref: units of length in340474
+Ref: units of length bp340500
+Ref: units of length mm340631
+Ref: units of length cm340663
+Ref: units of length dd340692
+Ref: units of length cc340724
+Ref: units of length sp340749
+Ref: Lengths/ex340891
+Ref: units of length ex340891
+Ref: Lengths/em341034
+Ref: units of length em341034
+Ref: units of length mu341375
+Node: \setlength341904
+Node: \addtolength343016
+Node: \settodepth344439
+Node: \settoheight345427
+Node: \settowidth346425
+Node: \stretch347430
+Node: Expressions348632
+Node: Making paragraphs353446
+Node: \par355761
+Node: \indent & \noindent357807
+Node: \parindent & \parskip359342
+Node: Marginal notes360671
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush362067
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362241
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362373
+Node: Math formulas362722
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts365770
+Node: Math symbols367931
+Node: Arrows391702
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392890
+Node: Blackboard bold394409
+Node: Calligraphic395211
+Node: Delimiters395742
+Node: \left & \right397929
+Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401966
+Node: Dots404736
+Ref: ellipses cdots405167
+Ref: ellipses ddots405312
+Ref: ellipses ldots405393
+Ref: ellipses vdots405810
+Node: Greek letters406994
+Node: Math functions408673
+Node: Math accents410317
+Node: Over- and Underlining411216
+Node: Spacing in math mode413043
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413974
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414425
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414881
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414881
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415362
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad415735
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad415991
+Node: \smash416329
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418546
+Node: \mathstrut421120
+Node: Math styles422082
+Node: Math miscellany424816
+Node: Colon character & \colon425313
+Node: \*426006
+Node: \frac426586
+Node: \sqrt426957
+Node: \stackrel427543
+Node: Modes427816
+Ref: modes paragraph mode428266
+Ref: modes lr mode428578
+Ref: modes math mode429184
+Ref: modes vertical mode429519
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode429737
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430260
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430260
+Node: \ensuremath430674
+Node: Page styles431379
+Node: \maketitle432142
+Node: \pagenumbering435160
+Node: \pagestyle437147
+Node: \thispagestyle440655
+Node: Spaces441609
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442929
+Node: \hspace443844
+Node: \hfill445701
+Node: \hss446765
+Node: \spacefactor447459
+Node: \@450866
+Ref: \AT450986
+Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452926
+Ref: \frenchspacing453044
+Node: \normalsfcodes453846
+Node: \(SPACE)454114
+Ref: Leading blanks456054
+Node: ~456367
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace459177
+Node: \/460375
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462333
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463693
+Ref: bigskip464511
+Ref: medskip464715
+Ref: smallskip464924
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465585
+Node: \strut466571
+Node: \vspace469808
+Node: \vfill471369
+Node: \addvspace472297
+Node: Boxes474343
+Node: \mbox & \makebox475049
+Ref: mbox makebox depth476317
+Ref: mbox makebox height476317
+Ref: mbox makebox width476317
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476317
+Node: \fbox & \framebox478412
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479719
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479909
+Node: \parbox481011
+Node: \raisebox483317
+Ref: raisebox depth484290
+Ref: raisebox height484290
+Ref: raisebox width484290
+Ref: raisebox totalheight484290
+Node: \sbox & \savebox484991
+Node: lrbox488077
+Node: \usebox488963
+Node: Color489402
+Node: Color package options490201
+Node: Color models491847
+Ref: color models cmyk492644
+Ref: color models gray493007
+Ref: color models rgb493156
+Ref: color models RGB493493
+Ref: color models named493868
+Node: Commands for color494156
+Node: Define colors494571
+Node: Colored text495296
+Node: Colored boxes497693
+Node: Colored pages499082
+Node: Graphics499775
+Node: Graphics package options501901
+Node: Graphics package configuration504654
+Node: \graphicspath505456
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508414
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule510232
+Node: Commands for graphics513411
+Node: \includegraphics513916
+Ref: includegraphics width518979
+Ref: includegraphics height519512
+Ref: includegraphics totalheight519918
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio520182
+Ref: includegraphics viewport521868
+Ref: includegraphics trim522263
+Ref: includegraphics clip522719
+Ref: includegraphics page522979
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox523070
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate523935
+Ref: includegraphics quiet524140
+Ref: includegraphics draft524301
+Ref: includegraphics bb525106
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx525504
+Ref: includegraphics bblly525504
+Ref: includegraphics bburx525504
+Ref: includegraphics bbury525504
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth525646
+Ref: includegraphics natheight525646
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525832
+Ref: includegraphics type526594
+Ref: includegraphics ext526634
+Ref: includegraphics read526737
+Ref: includegraphics command526854
+Node: \rotatebox527100
+Node: \scalebox529954
+Node: \resizebox531034
+Node: Special insertions532228
+Node: Reserved characters533096
+Node: Upper and lower case534356
+Node: Symbols by font position536742
+Node: Text symbols537421
+Node: Accents542405
+Node: \accent544690
+Node: Additional Latin letters546516
+Ref: Non-English characters546698
+Node: inputenc package547717
+Ref: \inputencoding549933
+Node: \rule550269
+Node: \today551457
+Node: Splitting the input552393
+Node: \endinput554135
+Node: \include & \includeonly555438
+Node: \input559735
+Node: Front/back matter560950
+Node: Table of contents etc.561283
+Node: \@dottedtocline567044
+Node: \addcontentsline568631
+Node: \addtocontents571694
+Node: \contentsline573911
+Node: \nofiles575689
+Node: \numberline576440
+Node: Indexes577604
+Node: Produce the index manually580398
+Node: \index581562
+Node: makeindex586773
+Ref: makeindex preamble588441
+Ref: makeindex postamble588587
+Ref: makeindex group skip588683
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag589023
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589484
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589636
+Ref: makeindex item 0589784
+Ref: makeindex item 1589864
+Ref: makeindex item 2589939
+Ref: makeindex item 01590017
+Ref: makeindex item x1590122
+Ref: makeindex item 12590327
+Ref: makeindex item x2590435
+Ref: makeindex delim 0590595
+Ref: makeindex delim 1590725
+Ref: makeindex delim 2590855
+Ref: makeindex delim n590981
+Ref: makeindex delim r591116
+Ref: makeindex line max591224
+Ref: makeindex indent space591359
+Ref: makeindex indent length591454
+Ref: makeindex page precedence591639
+Node: \printindex592676
+Node: Glossaries593149
+Node: \newglossaryentry595116
+Node: \gls596583
+Node: Letters597377
+Node: \address600995
+Node: \cc601806
+Node: \closing602248
+Node: \encl602562
+Node: \location602976
+Node: \makelabels603240
+Node: \name605557
+Node: \opening605798
+Node: \ps606079
+Node: \signature606368
+Node: \telephone607596
+Node: Input/output607961
+Node: \openin & \openout608691
+Node: \read611451
+Node: \typein612638
+Node: \typeout613898
+Node: \write614938
+Node: \write and security619665
+Node: \message620609
+Node: \wlog622438
+Node: \write18622939
+Node: Command line interface626430
+Ref: Command line626594
+Node: Command line options628747
+Ref: interaction modes629750
+Ref: output directory630704
+Node: Command line input632403
+Node: Jobname634520
+Node: Recovering from errors637763
+Node: Document templates639191
+Node: beamer template639625
+Node: article template640267
+Node: book template640730
+Node: Larger book template641209
+Node: Index642751
+Ref: Command Index642837
End Tag Table
Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/latex2e.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.txt 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.txt 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -352,8 +352,8 @@
LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
***************************************
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
-2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
+2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
1 About this document
*********************
@@ -7147,7 +7147,7 @@
\textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{%
- Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+ Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
\end{tabular}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
@@ -8048,16 +8048,16 @@
Our college is in \VT .
The \VT{} summers are nice.
- But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy
+ But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from
-'summers'. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for
-this. *Note \(SPACE)::.)
+'summers'. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for this.
+*Note \(SPACE)::.)
The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'. It is for writing commands
which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place at the
very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space after
that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions.
-In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
Our college is in \VT .
@@ -8072,10 +8072,10 @@
A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'. Putting it in a
definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
'\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
13 Counters
***********
@@ -8396,10 +8396,10 @@
\hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
\end{minipage}
- TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil',
-'fill', and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier
-ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note
-\hfill:: and *note \vfill::).
+ TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', 'fill',
+and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
+Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
+*note \vfill::).
Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
@@ -8412,8 +8412,8 @@
mode.
'pt'
- Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units is 1point =
- 2.845mm = .2845cm.
+ Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+ is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
'pc'
Pica, 12 pt
@@ -8425,12 +8425,12 @@
Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
+'mm'
+ Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+
'cm'
- Centimeter
+ Centimeter, 10 mm
-'mm'
- Millimeter
-
'dd'
Didot point, 1.07 pt
@@ -8440,21 +8440,32 @@
'sp'
Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
- Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer
-of the font. The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the
-height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
-Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
-often used for horizontal lengths (there is also '\enspace', which is
-'0.5em'). Use of these can help make a definition work better across
-font changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between
-list items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}'
-is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
+ Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+
+'ex'
+ The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the height of
+ the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
+
+'em'
+ Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
+ often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often the size of
+ the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will have 1em = 10pt.
+ LaTeX has several commands to produce horizontal spaces based on
+ the em (*note \enspace & \quad & \qquad::).
+
+'mu'
+ Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of
+ the math unit "mu", defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
+ from the current math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math
+ mode::.
+
+ Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' is
+more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
definition given in points.
- In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math
-unit "mu" given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math mode::.
-
14.2 '\setlength'
=================
@@ -8482,8 +8493,7 @@
'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
-an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}'
+an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero.'.
14.3 '\addtolength'
===================
@@ -11226,7 +11236,7 @@
centered.
'empty'
- The header and footer is empty.
+ The header and footer are both empty.
'headings'
Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style
@@ -11813,13 +11823,13 @@
here
\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
- \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt. Similarly, adjust
the dot spacing as with
\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
- \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
@@ -12990,7 +13000,7 @@
Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION.
- This example declares that all files with names have the form
+ This example declares that all files with names of the form
'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
@@ -13495,8 +13505,8 @@
The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's
height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth.
-For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter inch with
-'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This box has both height and
+For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter-inch with
+'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
depth.}}'.
You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to
@@ -13918,8 +13928,8 @@
A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a
-numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument to
+construct the accented character in the current font.
These are accented 'e' characters.
@@ -13929,7 +13939,8 @@
\accent22 e
\accent23 e
-The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so
the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
@@ -15579,9 +15590,9 @@
\openout NUMBER=FILENAME
- Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The NUMBER must
-be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3' (in LuaLaTeX NUMBER can be between
-0 and 255).
+ Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most
+engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3'; in
+LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading.
@@ -16451,7 +16462,7 @@
* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3860)
* & for table cells: tabular. (line 5726)
* * prompt: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16285)
+ (line 16296)
* *, to \nocite all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6257)
* *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 7646)
@@ -16459,58 +16470,58 @@
* *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 7248)
* --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16110)
+ (line 16121)
* --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16110)
+ (line 16121)
* --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16131)
+ (line 16142)
* --halt-on-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16128)
+ (line 16139)
* --help command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16072)
+ (line 16083)
* --interaction command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16075)
+ (line 16086)
* --jobname command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16092)
+ (line 16103)
* --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16131)
+ (line 16142)
* --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16110)
+ (line 16121)
* --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16097)
+ (line 16108)
* --shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16110)
+ (line 16121)
* --version command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16067)
-* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15770)
+ (line 16078)
+* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15781)
* .aux file: Output files. (line 490)
* .aux file and BibTeX commands: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6264)
* .dvi file: Output files. (line 467)
* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 15169)
-* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14759)
-* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 14958)
-* .ind file: makeindex. (line 14958)
-* .isty file: makeindex. (line 14970)
+* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 15180)
+* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14770)
+* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 14969)
+* .ind file: makeindex. (line 14969)
+* .isty file: makeindex. (line 14981)
* .lof file: Output files. (line 500)
* .lof file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14366)
-* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14662)
+ (line 14377)
+* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
* .log file: Output files. (line 485)
* .lot file: Output files. (line 500)
* .lot file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14366)
-* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14662)
+ (line 14377)
+* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
* .pdf file: Output files. (line 477)
* .tex, default extension: Command line interface.
- (line 16024)
+ (line 16035)
* .toc file: Output files. (line 500)
* .toc file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14366)
-* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14662)
+ (line 14377)
+* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 545)
-* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15989)
+* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000)
* 10pt option: Document class options.
(line 739)
* 11pt option: Document class options.
@@ -16518,98 +16529,98 @@
* 12pt option: Document class options.
(line 739)
* : for math: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10917)
+ (line 10927)
* [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 595)
-* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11596)
+* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11606)
* \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 595)
* \!: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10678)
-* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13841)
+ (line 10688)
+* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13851)
* \#: Reserved characters.
- (line 13522)
+ (line 13532)
* \$: Reserved characters.
- (line 13522)
+ (line 13532)
* \%: Reserved characters.
- (line 13522)
+ (line 13532)
* \&: Reserved characters.
- (line 13522)
-* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 13845)
+ (line 13532)
+* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 13855)
* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5574)
* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4754)
-* \*: \*. (line 10937)
+* \*: \*. (line 10947)
* \+: tabbing. (line 5566)
* \,: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10664)
+ (line 10674)
* \-: tabbing. (line 5570)
* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6633)
-* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 13848)
-* \/: \/. (line 11744)
+* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 13858)
+* \/: \/. (line 11754)
* \:: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10653)
+ (line 10663)
* \;: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10640)
+ (line 10650)
* \<: tabbing. (line 5562)
-* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 13852)
+* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 13862)
* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5556)
* \>: tabbing. (line 5560)
* \> <1>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10653)
+ (line 10663)
* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5559)
-* \@: \@. (line 11519)
-* \@auxout: \write. (line 15785)
+* \@: \@. (line 11529)
+* \@auxout: \write. (line 15796)
* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4636)
-* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14490)
+* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14501)
* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4644)
* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6997)
* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7460)
* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4640)
-* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15785)
+* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15796)
* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3141)
* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5589)
* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590)
* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590)
* \aa (å): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13964)
+ (line 13975)
* \AA (Å): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13964)
-* \accent: \accent. (line 13914)
-* \acute: Math accents. (line 10534)
-* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14525)
-* \address: \address. (line 15347)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14604)
+ (line 13975)
+* \accent: \accent. (line 13924)
+* \acute: Math accents. (line 10544)
+* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14536)
+* \address: \address. (line 15358)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14615)
* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8242)
-* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8490)
-* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12079)
+* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8500)
+* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12089)
* \ae (æ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13968)
+ (line 13979)
* \AE (Æ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13968)
-* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 9120)
+ (line 13979)
+* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 9130)
* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3971)
-* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 9123)
+* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 9133)
* \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 8117)
* \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 8122)
-* \alsoname: \index. (line 14893)
-* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 9126)
-* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 11118)
-* \angle: Math symbols. (line 9129)
+* \alsoname: \index. (line 14904)
+* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 9136)
+* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 11128)
+* \angle: Math symbols. (line 9139)
* \appendix: \appendix. (line 3072)
-* \approx: Math symbols. (line 9133)
+* \approx: Math symbols. (line 9143)
* \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 8127)
-* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10417)
-* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10420)
-* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10423)
-* \arg: Math functions. (line 10426)
+* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10427)
+* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10430)
+* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10433)
+* \arg: Math functions. (line 10436)
* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3657)
* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5851)
* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5857)
-* \ast: Math symbols. (line 9136)
-* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 9143)
+* \ast: Math symbols. (line 9146)
+* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 9153)
* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3884)
* \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands.
(line 919)
@@ -16618,13 +16629,13 @@
(line 924)
* \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands.
(line 924)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11117)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11127)
* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590)
-* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 13867)
+* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 13877)
* \backmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
-* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 9146)
-* \bar: Math accents. (line 10537)
+* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 9156)
+* \bar: Math accents. (line 10547)
* \baselineskip: Low-level font commands.
(line 1992)
* \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
@@ -16632,7 +16643,7 @@
* \baselinestretch: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2315)
* \begin: Environments. (line 3549)
-* \beta: Math symbols. (line 9150)
+* \beta: Math symbols. (line 9160)
* \bf: Font styles. (line 1770)
* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1735)
* \bibdata: BibTeX error messages.
@@ -16647,68 +16658,68 @@
* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 6062)
* \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6277)
-* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9153)
-* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9157)
-* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9160)
-* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9164)
-* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9167)
-* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9170)
+* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9163)
+* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9167)
+* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9170)
+* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9174)
+* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9177)
+* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9180)
* \bigskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11860)
+ (line 11870)
* \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11861)
-* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9179)
-* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9173)
-* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9176)
-* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9182)
-* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9186)
-* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9189)
-* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10429)
+ (line 11871)
+* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9189)
+* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9183)
+* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9186)
+* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9192)
+* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9196)
+* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9199)
+* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10439)
* \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 9990)
+ (line 10000)
* \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 9998)
-* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9192)
+ (line 10008)
+* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9202)
* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2496)
* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2497)
-* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9196)
-* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9199)
-* \breve: Math accents. (line 10540)
-* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9204)
-* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 13877)
+* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9206)
+* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9209)
+* \breve: Math accents. (line 10550)
+* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9214)
+* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 13887)
* \cal: Font styles. (line 1773)
-* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9207)
-* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 13845)
-* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 13905)
-* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 13909)
-* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 13877)
-* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 13856)
-* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 13841)
-* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 13881)
-* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 13860)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 13885)
-* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 13852)
-* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 13899)
-* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 13889)
-* \capitalring: Accents. (line 13893)
-* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 13899)
-* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 13864)
+* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9217)
+* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 13855)
+* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 13915)
+* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 13919)
+* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 13887)
+* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 13866)
+* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 13851)
+* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 13891)
+* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 13870)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 13895)
+* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 13862)
+* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 13909)
+* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 13899)
+* \capitalring: Accents. (line 13903)
+* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 13909)
+* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 13874)
* \caption: \caption. (line 2558)
* \caption <1>: figure. (line 4094)
* \caption <2>: table. (line 5678)
-* \cc: \cc. (line 15372)
-* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9211)
-* \cdots: Dots. (line 10328)
+* \cc: \cc. (line 15383)
+* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9221)
+* \cdots: Dots. (line 10338)
* \centering: \centering. (line 3736)
* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2772)
-* \check: Math accents. (line 10543)
+* \check: Math accents. (line 10553)
* \CheckCommand: Class and package commands.
(line 931)
* \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands.
(line 931)
-* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9214)
-* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9217)
+* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9224)
+* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9227)
* \circle: \circle. (line 5223)
* \citation: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6280)
@@ -16731,13 +16742,13 @@
(line 6814)
* \cline: \cline. (line 5985)
* \closein: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15573)
+ (line 15584)
* \closeout: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15573)
-* \closing: \closing. (line 15388)
-* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9221)
+ (line 15584)
+* \closing: \closing. (line 15399)
+* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9231)
* \colon: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10917)
+ (line 10927)
* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2057)
* \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2182)
@@ -16753,28 +16764,28 @@
(line 2184)
* \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2185)
-* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9224)
-* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9230)
+* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9234)
+* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9240)
* \contentsline: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14422)
-* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14529)
-* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14662)
-* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9233)
-* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13617)
-* \cos: Math functions. (line 10432)
-* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10435)
-* \cot: Math functions. (line 10438)
-* \coth: Math functions. (line 10441)
-* \csc: Math functions. (line 10444)
-* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9236)
+ (line 14433)
+* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14540)
+* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
+* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9243)
+* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13627)
+* \cos: Math functions. (line 10442)
+* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10445)
+* \cot: Math functions. (line 10448)
+* \coth: Math functions. (line 10451)
+* \csc: Math functions. (line 10454)
+* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9246)
* \CurrentOption: Class and package commands.
(line 970)
-* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 13881)
-* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13621)
-* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9240)
+* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 13891)
+* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13631)
+* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9250)
* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5433)
-* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9243)
-* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11125)
+* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9253)
+* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11135)
* \day: \day & \month & \year.
(line 8291)
* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2103)
@@ -16782,16 +16793,16 @@
* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2116)
* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2082)
* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2121)
-* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13624)
-* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9247)
-* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10546)
-* \ddots: Dots. (line 10332)
+* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13634)
+* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9257)
+* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10556)
+* \ddots: Dots. (line 10342)
* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding.
(line 1384)
* \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 12944)
+ (line 12954)
* \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule.
- (line 12986)
+ (line 12996)
* \DeclareOption: Class and package commands.
(line 976)
* \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands.
@@ -16824,51 +16835,51 @@
(line 1620)
* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
(line 1620)
-* \deg: Math functions. (line 10447)
-* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16000)
-* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9250)
-* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9253)
-* \det: Math functions. (line 10450)
+* \deg: Math functions. (line 10457)
+* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16011)
+* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9260)
+* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9263)
+* \det: Math functions. (line 10460)
* \dh (ð): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13972)
+ (line 13983)
* \DH (Ð): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13972)
-* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9256)
-* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9260)
-* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9264)
-* \dim: Math functions. (line 10453)
-* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 10866)
-* \div: Math symbols. (line 9267)
+ (line 13983)
+* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9266)
+* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9270)
+* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9274)
+* \dim: Math functions. (line 10463)
+* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
+* \div: Math symbols. (line 9277)
* \dj: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13978)
+ (line 13989)
* \DJ: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13978)
+ (line 13989)
* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 696)
-* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16229)
-* \dot: Math accents. (line 10549)
-* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9270)
+* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16240)
+* \dot: Math accents. (line 10559)
+* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9280)
* \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
- (line 11789)
-* \dots: Text symbols. (line 13641)
+ (line 11799)
+* \dots: Text symbols. (line 13651)
* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5862)
-* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9274)
-* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9278)
-* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9282)
+* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9284)
+* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9288)
+* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9292)
* \emph: Font styles. (line 1755)
-* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9285)
-* \encl: \encl. (line 15401)
+* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9295)
+* \encl: \encl. (line 15412)
* \end: Environments. (line 3549)
-* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14177)
+* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14188)
* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6888)
* \enspace: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11328)
+ (line 11338)
* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3957)
* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3957)
* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3957)
* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3957)
-* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9288)
-* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9294)
-* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9297)
+* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9298)
+* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9304)
+* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9307)
* \evensidemargin: Document class options.
(line 809)
* \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
@@ -16877,21 +16888,21 @@
(line 2244)
* \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands.
(line 1082)
-* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9300)
-* \exp: Math functions. (line 10456)
+* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9310)
+* \exp: Math functions. (line 10466)
* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3495)
* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5802)
-* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12226)
+* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236)
* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture).
(line 5410)
-* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12258)
-* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12257)
+* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
+* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12267)
* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture).
(line 5410)
-* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12263)
-* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12262)
-* \fill: \hfill. (line 11414)
-* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9303)
+* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273)
+* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12272)
+* \fill: \hfill. (line 11424)
+* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9313)
* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2500)
* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2501)
* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2516)
@@ -16900,7 +16911,7 @@
* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6997)
* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 8140)
-* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11778)
+* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11788)
* \fontencoding: Low-level font commands.
(line 1902)
* \fontfamily: Low-level font commands.
@@ -16921,36 +16932,36 @@
(line 2202)
* \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2203)
-* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9306)
-* \frac: \frac. (line 10953)
+* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9316)
+* \frac: \frac. (line 10963)
* \frame: \frame. (line 5421)
* \framebox: \framebox (picture).
(line 5385)
-* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12226)
+* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236)
* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11565)
+ (line 11575)
* \frontmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
-* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9309)
+* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9319)
* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690)
-* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9312)
-* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9315)
-* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10459)
-* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9318)
-* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9322)
-* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9326)
-* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9329)
-* \gls: \gls. (line 15239)
-* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12881)
+* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9322)
+* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9325)
+* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10469)
+* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9328)
+* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9332)
+* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9336)
+* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9339)
+* \gls: \gls. (line 15250)
+* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12891)
* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5126)
-* \grave: Math accents. (line 10552)
-* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13633)
-* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13634)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13635)
-* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13636)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13885)
-* \hat: Math accents. (line 10555)
-* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9332)
+* \grave: Math accents. (line 10562)
+* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13643)
+* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13644)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13645)
+* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13646)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13895)
+* \hat: Math accents. (line 10565)
+* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9342)
* \headheight: Page layout parameters.
(line 2190)
* \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
@@ -16959,26 +16970,26 @@
(line 2195)
* \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2196)
-* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9335)
-* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11402)
+* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9345)
+* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11412)
* \hline: \hline. (line 6007)
-* \hom: Math functions. (line 10462)
-* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9338)
-* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9341)
+* \hom: Math functions. (line 10472)
+* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9348)
+* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9351)
* \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
- (line 11789)
+ (line 11799)
* \hsize: Page layout parameters.
(line 2295)
* \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2296)
-* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11355)
-* \hss: \hss. (line 11435)
+* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11365)
+* \hss: \hss. (line 11445)
* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1845)
* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1845)
* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6732)
-* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 13835)
-* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 16250)
-* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9344)
+* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 13845)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 16261)
+* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9354)
* \IfFileExists: Class and package commands.
(line 1038)
* \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
@@ -16986,62 +16997,62 @@
* \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
(line 7955)
* \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13984)
+ (line 13995)
* \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13984)
-* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9348)
-* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9351)
-* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15800)
-* \in: Math symbols. (line 9355)
+ (line 13995)
+* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9358)
+* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9361)
+* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15811)
+* \in: Math symbols. (line 9365)
* \include: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14209)
-* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
+ (line 14220)
+* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
* \includeonly: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14209)
+ (line 14220)
* \indent: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8845)
-* \index: Indexes. (line 14759)
-* \index <1>: \index. (line 14841)
-* \indexentry: \index. (line 14943)
+ (line 8855)
+* \index: Indexes. (line 14770)
+* \index <1>: \index. (line 14852)
+* \indexentry: \index. (line 14954)
* \indexspace: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14830)
-* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15011)
-* \inf: Math functions. (line 10465)
-* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9359)
-* \input: \input. (line 14328)
-* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 14059)
+ (line 14841)
+* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15022)
+* \inf: Math functions. (line 10475)
+* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9369)
+* \input: \input. (line 14339)
+* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 14070)
* \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands.
(line 1038)
-* \int: Math symbols. (line 9362)
+* \int: Math symbols. (line 9372)
* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2520)
* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2521)
-* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9365)
+* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9375)
* \it: Font styles. (line 1776)
* \item: description. (line 3803)
* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3939)
* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4289)
* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4313)
* \item <4>: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14830)
+ (line 14841)
* \itemindent: list. (line 4460)
* \itemsep: list. (line 4464)
* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1729)
-* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 13835)
-* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9371)
-* \jobname: Jobname. (line 16203)
-* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16243)
-* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9368)
-* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 13889)
-* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9375)
-* \ker: Math functions. (line 10468)
+* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 13845)
+* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9381)
+* \jobname: Jobname. (line 16214)
+* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16254)
+* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9378)
+* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 13899)
+* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9385)
+* \ker: Math functions. (line 10478)
* \kill: tabbing. (line 5594)
* \l (ł): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13988)
+ (line 13999)
* \L (Ł): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13988)
-* \l at chapter: \contentsline. (line 14662)
-* \l at section: \contentsline. (line 14662)
-* \l at subsection: \contentsline. (line 14662)
+ (line 13999)
+* \l at chapter: \contentsline. (line 14673)
+* \l at section: \contentsline. (line 14673)
+* \l at subsection: \contentsline. (line 14673)
* \label: \label. (line 3384)
* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3966)
* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3966)
@@ -17053,30 +17064,30 @@
* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4325)
* \labelsep: list. (line 4476)
* \labelwidth: list. (line 4481)
-* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9378)
-* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9381)
-* \land: Math symbols. (line 9384)
-* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9388)
+* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9388)
+* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9391)
+* \land: Math symbols. (line 9394)
+* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9398)
* \large: Font sizes. (line 1845)
* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1845)
* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1845)
* \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding.
(line 1646)
-* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13627)
-* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13630)
-* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9392)
-* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9395)
-* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9398)
-* \ldots: Dots. (line 10335)
-* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13640)
-* \le: Math symbols. (line 9402)
-* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9405)
-* \left: \left & \right. (line 10123)
-* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9411)
-* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9415)
+* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13637)
+* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13640)
+* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9402)
+* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9405)
+* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9408)
+* \ldots: Dots. (line 10345)
+* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13650)
+* \le: Math symbols. (line 9412)
+* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9415)
+* \left: \left & \right. (line 10133)
+* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9421)
+* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9425)
* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 4021)
-* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9419)
-* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9422)
+* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9429)
+* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9432)
* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4341)
* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4501)
* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4341)
@@ -17085,15 +17096,15 @@
* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4341)
* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4341)
* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9425)
-* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9429)
-* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9433)
-* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9436)
-* \lg: Math functions. (line 10471)
-* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9439)
-* \lim: Math functions. (line 10474)
-* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10477)
-* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10480)
+* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9435)
+* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9439)
+* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9443)
+* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9446)
+* \lg: Math functions. (line 10481)
+* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9449)
+* \lim: Math functions. (line 10484)
+* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10487)
+* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10490)
* \line: \line. (line 5150)
* \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
(line 6751)
@@ -17111,159 +17122,159 @@
* \linewidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2210)
* \listoffigures: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14366)
-* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14662)
+ (line 14377)
+* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
* \listoftables: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14366)
-* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14662)
+ (line 14377)
+* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
* \listparindent: list. (line 4518)
-* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9445)
-* \ln: Math functions. (line 10483)
-* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9448)
+* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9455)
+* \ln: Math functions. (line 10493)
+* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9458)
* \LoadClass: Class and package commands.
(line 1058)
* \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands.
(line 1058)
-* \location: \location. (line 15416)
-* \log: Math functions. (line 10486)
+* \location: \location. (line 15427)
+* \log: Math functions. (line 10496)
* \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 7248)
-* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9451)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9455)
-* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9459)
-* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9463)
-* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9467)
-* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13646)
+* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9461)
+* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9465)
+* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9469)
+* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9473)
+* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9477)
+* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13656)
* \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
-* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12136)
+* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
* \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture).
(line 5347)
-* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 15132)
-* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 15169)
-* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14759)
+* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 15143)
+* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 15180)
+* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14770)
* \makelabel: list. (line 4437)
-* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15426)
-* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11081)
-* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9471)
-* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8926)
+* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15437)
+* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11091)
+* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9481)
+* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
* \marginparpush: Page layout parameters.
(line 2216)
* \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2219)
-* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8955)
-* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 8960)
+* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8965)
+* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 8970)
* \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters.
(line 2218)
* \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2219)
-* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8964)
+* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8974)
* \marginsep: Page layout parameters.
(line 2217)
* \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2219)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11278)
-* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 11287)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11288)
+* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 11297)
* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1806)
* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1822)
-* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9931)
+* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9941)
* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1819)
-* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9934)
-* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10558)
+* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9944)
+* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10568)
* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1803)
-* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9937)
+* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9947)
* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1809)
-* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9940)
-* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10821)
+* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9950)
+* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1812)
-* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9943)
+* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9953)
* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1824)
-* \max: Math functions. (line 10489)
-* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12136)
+* \max: Math functions. (line 10499)
+* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1732)
* \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11865)
+ (line 11875)
* \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11866)
+ (line 11876)
* \medspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10653)
-* \message: \message. (line 15871)
-* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9475)
-* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9478)
-* \min: Math functions. (line 10492)
-* \models: Math symbols. (line 9488)
+ (line 10663)
+* \message: \message. (line 15882)
+* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9485)
+* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9488)
+* \min: Math functions. (line 10502)
+* \models: Math symbols. (line 9498)
* \month: \day & \month & \year.
(line 8291)
-* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9492)
-* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9495)
+* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9502)
+* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9505)
* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5877)
* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5063)
-* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9498)
-* \name: \name. (line 15483)
-* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9501)
-* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9504)
-* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9507)
+* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9508)
+* \name: \name. (line 15494)
+* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9511)
+* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9514)
+* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9517)
* \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands.
(line 1092)
-* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9510)
+* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9520)
* \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10659)
+ (line 10669)
* \negthickspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10647)
+ (line 10657)
* \negthinspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10678)
+ (line 10688)
* \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11715)
-* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9514)
+ (line 11725)
+* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9524)
* \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 7227)
* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7532)
* \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 7625)
* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7871)
-* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15180)
+* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15191)
* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7573)
* \newline: \newline. (line 6609)
-* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 11596)
+* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6855)
* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7597)
* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
-* \newtie: Accents. (line 13899)
-* \newwrite: \write. (line 15764)
+* \newtie: Accents. (line 13909)
+* \newwrite: \write. (line 15775)
* \ng: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13992)
+ (line 14003)
* \NG: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13992)
-* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9517)
+ (line 14003)
+* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9527)
* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6187)
* \nocite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6281)
* \nocite {*}, for all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6257)
* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1717)
* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1717)
-* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14703)
+* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14714)
* \noindent: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8845)
+ (line 8855)
* \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
(line 6751)
* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11565)
+ (line 11575)
* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 4016)
* \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
(line 6913)
* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1753)
-* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8942)
-* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11586)
+* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8952)
+* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11596)
* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \not: Math symbols. (line 9521)
-* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9529)
-* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9533)
-* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14728)
-* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9536)
+* \not: Math symbols. (line 9531)
+* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9539)
+* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9543)
+* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14739)
+* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9546)
* \o (ø): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13996)
+ (line 14007)
* \O (Ø): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13996)
+ (line 14007)
* \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
(line 6569)
* \oddsidemargin: Document class options.
@@ -17272,34 +17283,34 @@
(line 2242)
* \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2244)
-* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9539)
+* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9549)
* \oe (œ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14000)
+ (line 14011)
* \OE (Œ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14000)
-* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9543)
+ (line 14011)
+* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9553)
* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1828)
-* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9546)
-* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9549)
-* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9552)
+* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9556)
+* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9559)
+* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9562)
* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2031)
* \openin: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15573)
-* \opening: \opening. (line 15493)
+ (line 15584)
+* \opening: \opening. (line 15504)
* \openout: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15573)
-* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9555)
+ (line 15584)
+* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9565)
* \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands.
(line 1110)
-* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9559)
-* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9562)
+* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9569)
+* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9572)
* \oval: \oval. (line 5242)
* \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10612)
+ (line 10622)
* \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10593)
-* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9566)
-* \P: Text symbols. (line 13649)
+ (line 10603)
+* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9576)
+* \P: Text symbols. (line 13659)
* \PackageError: Class and package commands.
(line 951)
* \PackageInfo: Class and package commands.
@@ -17312,9 +17323,9 @@
(line 951)
* \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
(line 6913)
-* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11152)
+* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11162)
* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3442)
-* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11209)
+* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
* \paperheight: Page layout parameters.
(line 2255)
* \paperheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
@@ -17323,24 +17334,24 @@
(line 2261)
* \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2262)
-* \par: \par. (line 8792)
+* \par: \par. (line 8802)
* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3007)
-* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9570)
-* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12293)
+* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9580)
+* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12303)
* \parindent: minipage. (line 4857)
* \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8845)
+ (line 8855)
* \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8894)
+ (line 8904)
* \parsep: list. (line 4524)
* \parskip: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8894)
+ (line 8904)
* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4361)
* \part: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* \part <1>: \part. (line 2718)
-* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9573)
+* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9583)
* \partopsep: list. (line 4533)
* \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands.
(line 1116)
@@ -17350,33 +17361,33 @@
(line 765)
* \pdfpagewidth: Document class options.
(line 765)
-* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9576)
-* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9580)
-* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9583)
-* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9587)
-* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9590)
-* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9594)
-* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10495)
+* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9586)
+* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9590)
+* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9593)
+* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9597)
+* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9600)
+* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9604)
+* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10505)
* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5600)
* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5601)
-* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13653)
-* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10498)
-* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9597)
-* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9600)
+* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13663)
+* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10508)
+* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9607)
+* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9610)
* \prevdepth: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2354)
-* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9604)
-* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 15132)
-* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 15169)
-* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15117)
+* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9614)
+* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 15143)
+* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 15180)
+* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15128)
* \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands.
(line 1153)
* \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands.
(line 1153)
-* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9613)
-* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9616)
+* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9623)
+* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9626)
* \protect: \protect. (line 7903)
-* \protected at write: \write. (line 15810)
+* \protected at write: \write. (line 15821)
* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7386)
* \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands.
(line 1191)
@@ -17390,59 +17401,59 @@
(line 1519)
* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
(line 1519)
-* \ps: \ps. (line 15505)
-* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9619)
-* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9622)
+* \ps: \ps. (line 15516)
+* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9629)
+* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9632)
* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5603)
* \put: \put. (line 5045)
* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5086)
* \qquad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10692)
+ (line 10702)
* \qquad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11328)
+ (line 11338)
* \quad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10686)
+ (line 10696)
* \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11328)
-* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13657)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13658)
-* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 13893)
+ (line 11338)
+* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13667)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13668)
+* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 13903)
* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2171)
* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4209)
-* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12344)
-* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9625)
-* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9629)
-* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9632)
-* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9636)
-* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9639)
-* \read: \read. (line 15637)
+* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12354)
+* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9635)
+* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9639)
+* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9642)
+* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9646)
+* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9649)
+* \read: \read. (line 15648)
* \ref: \ref. (line 3466)
-* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13448)
+* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13458)
* \refname: thebibliography. (line 6062)
* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8258)
* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 7625)
* \RequirePackage: Class and package commands.
(line 1233)
-* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16229)
+* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16240)
* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands.
(line 1233)
-* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13480)
+* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13490)
* \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
(line 6569)
-* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9644)
-* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9649)
-* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8942)
-* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9654)
-* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9658)
-* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9664)
-* \right: \left & \right. (line 10123)
-* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9668)
-* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9672)
-* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9676)
-* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9679)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9682)
+* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9654)
+* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9659)
+* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8952)
+* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9664)
+* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9668)
+* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9674)
+* \right: \left & \right. (line 10133)
+* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9678)
+* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9682)
+* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9686)
+* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9689)
+* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9692)
* \rightmargin: list. (line 4548)
* \rm: Font styles. (line 1779)
* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1726)
@@ -17450,216 +17461,216 @@
(line 8130)
* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 8135)
-* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13380)
-* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13661)
-* \rule: \rule. (line 14068)
-* \S: Text symbols. (line 13664)
+* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
+* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13671)
+* \rule: \rule. (line 14079)
+* \S: Text symbols. (line 13674)
* \samepage: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
(line 6951)
-* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12390)
-* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12390)
+* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400)
+* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400)
* \sc: Font styles. (line 1782)
-* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13448)
-* \scriptscriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10866)
+* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13458)
+* \scriptscriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10866)
+* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1747)
-* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9685)
-* \sec: Math functions. (line 10501)
+* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9695)
+* \sec: Math functions. (line 10511)
* \section: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* \section <1>: \section. (line 2865)
-* \seename: \index. (line 14893)
+* \seename: \index. (line 14904)
* \selectfont: Low-level font commands.
(line 2009)
* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8224)
-* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8460)
-* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9688)
-* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8525)
-* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8550)
-* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8575)
+* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8471)
+* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9698)
+* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8535)
+* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8560)
+* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8585)
* \sf: Font styles. (line 1785)
* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1744)
-* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9693)
-* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16000)
-* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15805)
+* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9703)
+* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16011)
+* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15816)
* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5279)
-* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9696)
-* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9699)
-* \signature: \signature. (line 15522)
-* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9703)
-* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9706)
-* \sin: Math functions. (line 10504)
-* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10507)
+* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9706)
+* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9709)
+* \signature: \signature. (line 15533)
+* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9713)
+* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9716)
+* \sin: Math functions. (line 10514)
+* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10517)
* \sl: Font styles. (line 1788)
* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690)
* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1741)
* \small: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9709)
+* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9719)
* \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11870)
+ (line 11880)
* \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11871)
-* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9713)
-* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 11596)
-* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11596)
+ (line 11881)
+* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9723)
+* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
+* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
* \space: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14291)
-* \space <1>: \input. (line 14354)
-* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 15729)
-* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11461)
-* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9716)
-* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9719)
-* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9723)
-* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 10965)
-* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9727)
-* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9732)
-* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9736)
-* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9741)
+ (line 14302)
+* \space <1>: \input. (line 14365)
+* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 15740)
+* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11471)
+* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9726)
+* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9729)
+* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9733)
+* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 10975)
+* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9737)
+* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9742)
+* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9746)
+* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9751)
* \ss (ß): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14004)
+ (line 14015)
* \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14004)
-* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 10981)
-* \star: Math symbols. (line 9745)
+ (line 14015)
+* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 10991)
+* \star: Math symbols. (line 9755)
* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8276)
* \stop: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16285)
-* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8600)
-* \strut: \strut. (line 11914)
+ (line 16296)
+* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8610)
+* \strut: \strut. (line 11924)
* \subitem: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14830)
+ (line 14841)
* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3007)
* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2943)
-* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9752)
-* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9755)
+* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9762)
+* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9765)
* \subsubitem: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14830)
+ (line 14841)
* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3007)
-* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9758)
-* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9761)
-* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9765)
-* \sup: Math functions. (line 10510)
+* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9768)
+* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9771)
+* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9775)
+* \sup: Math functions. (line 10520)
* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2489)
-* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9768)
-* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9771)
-* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9774)
-* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9779)
+* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9778)
+* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9781)
+* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9784)
+* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9789)
* \symbol: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13598)
-* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 13899)
-* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 11596)
+ (line 13608)
+* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 13909)
+* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5608)
* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5866)
* \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14366)
-* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14662)
-* \tan: Math functions. (line 10513)
-* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10516)
-* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9782)
-* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15552)
-* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13668)
-* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13706)
-* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13671)
-* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13674)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13677)
+ (line 14377)
+* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
+* \tan: Math functions. (line 10523)
+* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10526)
+* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9792)
+* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15563)
+* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13678)
+* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13716)
+* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13681)
+* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13684)
+* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13687)
* \textbackslash: Reserved characters.
- (line 13527)
-* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13680)
-* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13683)
-* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13686)
+ (line 13537)
+* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13690)
+* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13693)
+* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13696)
* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1735)
-* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13689)
-* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13692)
-* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13695)
-* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13698)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13705)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13701)
-* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13704)
-* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13618)
-* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13713)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13716)
-* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13719)
-* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13642)
-* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13722)
-* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13728)
-* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13731)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13739)
-* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13742)
+* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13699)
+* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13702)
+* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13705)
+* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13708)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13715)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13711)
+* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13714)
+* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13628)
+* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13723)
+* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13726)
+* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13729)
+* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13652)
+* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13732)
+* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13738)
+* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13741)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13749)
+* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13752)
* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2525)
* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2526)
* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2504)
* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2505)
-* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13749)
+* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13759)
* \textheight: Page layout parameters.
(line 2267)
* \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2268)
-* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13752)
+* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13762)
* \textit: Font styles. (line 1729)
-* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13760)
-* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13757)
+* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13770)
+* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13767)
* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1732)
-* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13763)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13773)
* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1753)
-* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13769)
-* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13770)
-* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13650)
-* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13773)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13776)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13779)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13782)
-* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13785)
-* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13788)
-* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13791)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13794)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13795)
-* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13798)
-* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13801)
+* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13779)
+* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13780)
+* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13660)
+* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13783)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13786)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13789)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13792)
+* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13795)
+* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13798)
+* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13801)
+* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13804)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13805)
+* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13808)
+* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13811)
* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1726)
* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1747)
-* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13665)
+* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13675)
* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1744)
* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1741)
-* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13654)
-* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 10866)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13804)
-* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13807)
+* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13664)
+* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
+* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13814)
+* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13817)
* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1750)
-* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13810)
-* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13813)
+* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13820)
+* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13823)
* \textup: Font styles. (line 1738)
-* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13816)
+* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13826)
* \textwidth: Page layout parameters.
(line 2275)
* \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2276)
* \th (þ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14008)
+ (line 14019)
* \TH (Þ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14008)
-* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11131)
-* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9785)
+ (line 14019)
+* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11141)
+* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9795)
* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5215)
* \thickspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10640)
+ (line 10650)
* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5207)
* \thinspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10664)
+ (line 10674)
* \thinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11715)
-* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11293)
-* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10561)
-* \times: Math symbols. (line 9789)
+ (line 11725)
+* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11303)
+* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10571)
+* \times: Math symbols. (line 9799)
* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11138)
-* \to: Math symbols. (line 9792)
-* \today: \today. (line 14103)
-* \top: Math symbols. (line 9796)
+* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11148)
+* \to: Math symbols. (line 9802)
+* \today: \today. (line 14114)
+* \top: Math symbols. (line 9806)
* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2509)
* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2510)
* \topmargin: Page layout parameters.
@@ -17669,37 +17680,37 @@
(line 2307)
* \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2308)
-* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9800)
-* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9803)
-* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9809)
+* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9810)
+* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9813)
+* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9819)
* \tt: Font styles. (line 1791)
* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1750)
* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2043)
-* \typein: \typein. (line 15668)
-* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15713)
-* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 13905)
+* \typein: \typein. (line 15679)
+* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15724)
+* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 13915)
* \unboldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 9990)
+ (line 10000)
* \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 9998)
-* \underbar: Accents. (line 13869)
+ (line 10008)
+* \underbar: Accents. (line 13879)
* \underbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10598)
+ (line 10608)
* \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10582)
+ (line 10592)
* \unitlength: picture. (line 4940)
-* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9815)
-* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9821)
-* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9827)
-* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9831)
-* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9835)
-* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9840)
-* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9845)
-* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9850)
+* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9825)
+* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9831)
+* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9837)
+* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9841)
+* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9845)
+* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9850)
+* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9855)
+* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9860)
* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1738)
-* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9855)
-* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9858)
-* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12499)
+* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9865)
+* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9868)
+* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12509)
* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8165)
* \usefont: Low-level font commands.
(line 2017)
@@ -17709,47 +17720,47 @@
(line 1663)
* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
(line 1663)
-* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 13909)
+* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 13919)
* \value: \value. (line 8191)
-* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9866)
-* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9861)
-* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9871)
-* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9875)
-* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9879)
-* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9883)
-* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9887)
+* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9876)
+* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9871)
+* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9881)
+* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9885)
+* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9889)
+* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9893)
+* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9897)
* \vbox (plain TeX): minipage. (line 4811)
-* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9891)
-* \vdots: Dots. (line 10344)
-* \vec: Math accents. (line 10564)
+* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9901)
+* \vdots: Dots. (line 10354)
+* \vec: Math accents. (line 10574)
* \vector: \vector. (line 5325)
-* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9895)
+* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9905)
* \verb: \verb. (line 6403)
-* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9899)
-* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9903)
-* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12050)
+* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9909)
+* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9913)
+* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12060)
* \vline: \vline. (line 5959)
-* \vspace: \vspace. (line 11999)
+* \vspace: \vspace. (line 12009)
* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4807)
-* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9909)
-* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10567)
-* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10570)
-* \wlog: \wlog. (line 15917)
-* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9913)
-* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9916)
-* \write: \write. (line 15746)
+* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9919)
+* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10577)
+* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10580)
+* \wlog: \wlog. (line 15928)
+* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9923)
+* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9926)
+* \write: \write. (line 15757)
* \write and security: \write and security.
- (line 15847)
-* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 15826)
-* \write18: \write18. (line 15935)
+ (line 15858)
+* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 15837)
+* \write18: \write18. (line 15946)
* \write18, enabling: Command line options.
- (line 16110)
-* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9919)
-* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9922)
+ (line 16121)
+* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9929)
+* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9932)
* \xspace: xspace package. (line 8030)
* \year: \day & \month & \year.
(line 8291)
-* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9925)
+* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9935)
* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3854)
* \\ (for center): center. (line 3698)
* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4006)
@@ -17757,36 +17768,36 @@
* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5308)
* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5553)
* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 4188)
-* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 15311)
+* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 15322)
* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 5730)
* \\ for verse: verse. (line 6469)
-* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 11118)
-* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 11139)
+* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 11128)
+* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 11149)
* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6507)
* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4012)
* \^: Reserved characters.
- (line 13527)
-* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 13856)
+ (line 13537)
+* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 13866)
* \_: Reserved characters.
- (line 13522)
-* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 13860)
+ (line 13532)
+* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 13870)
* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5580)
* \{: Reserved characters.
- (line 13522)
-* \|: Math symbols. (line 9117)
+ (line 13532)
+* \|: Math symbols. (line 9127)
* \}: Reserved characters.
- (line 13522)
+ (line 13532)
* \~: Reserved characters.
- (line 13527)
-* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 13864)
+ (line 13537)
+* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 13874)
* ^ superscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9042)
-* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 15834)
+ (line 9052)
+* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 15845)
* _ subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9042)
+ (line 9052)
* {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 595)
-* ~: ~. (line 11650)
+* ~: ~. (line 11660)
* a4paper option: Document class options.
(line 744)
* a5paper option: Document class options.
@@ -17794,7 +17805,7 @@
* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3566)
* abstract package: abstract. (line 3587)
* abstracts: abstract. (line 3566)
-* accents: Accents. (line 13822)
+* accents: Accents. (line 13832)
* accents, defining: \DeclareFontEncoding.
(line 1384)
* accents, defining <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
@@ -17807,96 +17818,96 @@
(line 1575)
* accents, defining <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
(line 1620)
-* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10530)
+* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10540)
* accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13598)
-* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 15132)
-* acute accent: Accents. (line 13845)
-* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10535)
+ (line 13608)
+* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 15143)
+* acute accent: Accents. (line 13855)
+* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10545)
* additional packages, loading: Additional packages.
(line 830)
-* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 12130)
+* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 12140)
* ae ligature: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13968)
+ (line 13979)
* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5633)
* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3983)
* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3983)
* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5493)
-* amscd package: Arrows. (line 9984)
-* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 9031)
-* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9949)
+* amscd package: Arrows. (line 9994)
+* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 9041)
+* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9959)
* amsmath package: array. (line 3661)
* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3669)
* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3850)
* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 4051)
* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6313)
-* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 9031)
-* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10147)
+* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 9041)
+* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
* amsmath package <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10292)
-* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10347)
-* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10519)
+ (line 10302)
+* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10357)
+* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10529)
* amsmath package <10>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10640)
+ (line 10650)
* amsmath package <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10808)
+ (line 10818)
* amsmath package <12>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10926)
+ (line 10936)
* amsmath package <13>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10930)
+ (line 10940)
* amsmath package <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11735)
+ (line 11745)
* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3983)
* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6313)
-* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14080)
-* answers package: \write. (line 15839)
+* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14091)
+* answers package: \write. (line 15850)
* appendices: \appendix. (line 3072)
* appendix: \appendix. (line 3072)
* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3095)
* aring: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13964)
+ (line 13975)
* array environment: array. (line 3612)
* array package: array. (line 3680)
* arrays, math: array. (line 3612)
-* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13761)
-* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13802)
-* arrows: Arrows. (line 9949)
+* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13771)
+* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13812)
+* arrows: Arrows. (line 9959)
* article class: Document classes. (line 701)
-* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13707)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13672)
-* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13675)
-* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13678)
+* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13717)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13682)
+* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13685)
+* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13688)
* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5179)
-* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 11970)
-* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12204)
-* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 15942)
+* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
+* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12214)
+* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 15953)
* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7884)
-* at-sign: \@. (line 11519)
-* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11118)
+* at-sign: \@. (line 11529)
+* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11128)
* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 490)
* b5paper option: Document class options.
(line 744)
* babel package: \chapter. (line 2837)
* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 6071)
-* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 13822)
-* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14110)
+* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 13832)
+* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14121)
* babel package <4>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14483)
-* babel package <5>: \index. (line 14893)
+ (line 14494)
+* babel package <5>: \index. (line 14904)
* back matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
-* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12747)
-* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13681)
-* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13687)
-* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13684)
-* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 13852)
-* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10538)
-* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 13867)
+* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12757)
+* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13691)
+* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697)
+* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13694)
+* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 13862)
+* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10548)
+* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 13877)
* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 402)
* batchmode: Command line options.
- (line 16076)
-* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16313)
-* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16313)
+ (line 16087)
+* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16324)
+* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16324)
* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3884)
* bibliography format, open: Document class options.
(line 792)
@@ -17905,20 +17916,20 @@
* BibTeX error messages: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6264)
* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6202)
-* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13690)
+* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13700)
* big point: Units of length. (line 8424)
* bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes.
(line 7206)
* black boxes, omitting: Document class options.
(line 778)
-* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 10030)
+* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 10040)
* bm package: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10016)
+ (line 10026)
* bold font: Font styles. (line 1771)
* bold math: Font styles. (line 1824)
* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3808)
* boldface mathematics: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 9990)
+ (line 10000)
* book class: Document classes. (line 701)
* book, back matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
@@ -17930,79 +17941,79 @@
(line 3105)
* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2532)
* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2533)
-* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 13180)
-* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12136)
+* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 13190)
+* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7597)
-* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 13180)
-* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12710)
-* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12390)
-* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12499)
-* boxes: Boxes. (line 12127)
-* bp: Units of length. (line 8424)
-* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13693)
-* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13696)
-* braces: Delimiters. (line 10073)
-* brackets: Delimiters. (line 10073)
+* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 13190)
+* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12720)
+* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400)
+* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12509)
+* boxes: Boxes. (line 12137)
+* bp: Units of length. (line 8423)
+* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13703)
+* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13706)
+* braces: Delimiters. (line 10083)
+* brackets: Delimiters. (line 10083)
* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6490)
* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6783)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10937)
-* breve accent: Accents. (line 13905)
-* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10541)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10947)
+* breve accent: Accents. (line 13915)
+* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10551)
* bug reporting: About this document.
(line 378)
* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4289)
-* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9205)
-* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13699)
+* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9215)
+* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13709)
* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4289)
-* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10056)
+* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10066)
* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774)
-* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13707)
+* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13717)
* caption package: \caption. (line 2624)
* captions: \caption. (line 2558)
-* caron accent: Accents. (line 13909)
+* caron accent: Accents. (line 13919)
* catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
(line 7426)
* category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
(line 7426)
-* cc: Units of length. (line 8437)
-* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15372)
-* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 13877)
+* cc: Units of length. (line 8436)
+* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15383)
+* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 13887)
* center environment: center. (line 3688)
-* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13678)
+* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13688)
* centered equations: Document class options.
(line 782)
-* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13774)
+* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13784)
* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3736)
* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3688)
-* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8428)
+* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8431)
* changing case of characters: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13545)
+ (line 13555)
* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2772)
* chapter counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
(line 7426)
-* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 14024)
+* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 14035)
* character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10758)
-* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10821)
-* characters, accented: Accents. (line 13822)
+ (line 10768)
+* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
+* characters, accented: Accents. (line 13832)
* characters, case of: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13545)
+ (line 13555)
* characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13958)
+ (line 13969)
* characters, reserved: Reserved characters.
- (line 13515)
+ (line 13525)
* characters, special: Reserved characters.
- (line 13515)
-* check accent: Accents. (line 13909)
-* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10544)
+ (line 13525)
+* check accent: Accents. (line 13919)
+* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10554)
* cicero: Units of length. (line 8437)
-* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13690)
-* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13702)
-* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 13856)
-* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10556)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13672)
+* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13700)
+* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13712)
+* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 13866)
+* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10566)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13682)
* citation key: \bibitem. (line 6088)
* class and package commands: Class and package commands.
(line 916)
@@ -18025,33 +18036,33 @@
* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3489)
* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
* CLI: Command line interface.
- (line 16011)
+ (line 16022)
* clock option to slides class: Document class options.
(line 824)
-* closing letters: \closing. (line 15388)
-* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13662)
-* cm: Units of length. (line 8428)
+* closing letters: \closing. (line 15399)
+* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13672)
+* cm: Units of length. (line 8430)
* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1328)
-* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15989)
+* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000)
* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6360)
* colon character: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10917)
-* color: Color. (line 12512)
-* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12617)
-* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12639)
-* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12710)
-* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12747)
-* color models: Color models. (line 12565)
+ (line 10927)
+* color: Color. (line 12522)
+* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12627)
+* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12649)
+* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12720)
+* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12757)
+* color models: Color models. (line 12575)
* color package commands: Commands for color.
- (line 12612)
+ (line 12622)
* color package options: Color package options.
- (line 12527)
-* color, define: Define colors. (line 12617)
-* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12710)
-* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12747)
-* colored text: Colored text. (line 12639)
+ (line 12537)
+* color, define: Define colors. (line 12627)
+* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12720)
+* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12757)
+* colored text: Colored text. (line 12649)
* command line interface: Command line interface.
- (line 16011)
+ (line 16022)
* command syntax: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 595)
* commands, class and package: Class and package commands.
@@ -18062,21 +18073,21 @@
* commands, document class: Class and package construction.
(line 846)
* commands, graphics package: Commands for graphics.
- (line 13059)
+ (line 13069)
* commands, ignore spaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
(line 7955)
* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 8030)
* commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 7227)
-* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15935)
+* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15946)
* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7460)
-* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13707)
-* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 9105)
+* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13717)
+* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 9115)
* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6360)
* configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 12869)
+ (line 12879)
* contents file: Output files. (line 500)
-* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13619)
+* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13629)
* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 8082)
* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7532)
* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8191)
@@ -18087,31 +18098,31 @@
* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6442)
* creating pictures: picture. (line 4918)
* creating tables: table. (line 5642)
-* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 11132)
+* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 11142)
* cross references: Cross references. (line 3344)
* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 490)
* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3442)
* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3495)
* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3466)
* CTAN: CTAN. (line 668)
-* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 10073)
-* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13720)
-* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13732)
-* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13717)
-* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13622)
-* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13714)
+* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 10083)
+* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13730)
+* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13742)
+* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13632)
+* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13724)
* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 682)
-* datatool package: \read. (line 15662)
-* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11126)
-* date, today's: \today. (line 14103)
-* datetime package: \today. (line 14124)
+* datatool package: \read. (line 15673)
+* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11136)
+* date, today's: \today. (line 14114)
+* datetime package: \today. (line 14135)
* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2536)
* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2537)
* dcolumn package: array. (line 3680)
-* dd: Units of length. (line 8434)
+* dd: Units of length. (line 8433)
* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1858)
* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 1703)
-* define color: Define colors. (line 12617)
+* define color: Define colors. (line 12627)
* defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 7227)
* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7386)
@@ -18120,34 +18131,34 @@
* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7871)
* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
* definitions: Definitions. (line 7222)
-* delayed \write: \write. (line 15805)
-* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 10073)
-* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10123)
-* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15061)
-* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15065)
-* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15069)
-* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15073)
-* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15077)
-* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15220)
+* delayed \write: \write. (line 15816)
+* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 10083)
+* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10133)
+* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15072)
+* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15076)
+* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15080)
+* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15084)
+* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15088)
+* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15231)
* description environment: description. (line 3778)
* description lists, creating: description. (line 3778)
* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7884)
* didot point: Units of length. (line 8434)
-* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 13841)
+* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 13851)
* difference between class and package: Class and package construction.
(line 855)
* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316)
-* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 15994)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 10937)
+* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 16005)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 10947)
* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6667)
-* display math mode: Modes. (line 11016)
-* display style: Math styles. (line 10855)
+* display math mode: Modes. (line 11026)
+* display style: Math styles. (line 10865)
* displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
(line 5463)
* displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
(line 5463)
* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3834)
-* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8976)
+* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
* document class commands: Class and package construction.
(line 846)
* document class options: Document class options.
@@ -18156,52 +18167,52 @@
(line 442)
* document classes: Document classes. (line 696)
* document environment: document. (line 3878)
-* document root name: Jobname. (line 16203)
+* document root name: Jobname. (line 16214)
* document templates: Document templates.
- (line 16306)
-* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13720)
-* dot accent: Accents. (line 13848)
-* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10550)
-* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 13848)
-* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 13881)
-* dotless i: Accents. (line 13835)
-* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9352)
-* dotless j: Accents. (line 13835)
-* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9372)
-* dots: Dots. (line 10317)
-* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13637)
-* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13625)
-* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13717)
-* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10547)
-* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13637)
-* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13780)
-* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13659)
-* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13796)
-* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13783)
+ (line 16317)
+* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13730)
+* dot accent: Accents. (line 13858)
+* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10560)
+* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 13858)
+* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 13891)
+* dotless i: Accents. (line 13845)
+* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9362)
+* dotless j: Accents. (line 13845)
+* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9382)
+* dots: Dots. (line 10327)
+* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13635)
+* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10557)
+* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13790)
+* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13669)
+* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
+* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13793)
* double spacing: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2315)
-* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13687)
-* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 10030)
+* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697)
+* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 10040)
* draft option: Document class options.
(line 774)
* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 566)
* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 467)
* dvips command: Output files. (line 467)
* dvitype command: Output files. (line 467)
-* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13729)
+* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13739)
* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 519)
-* ellipses: Dots. (line 10317)
-* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13643)
-* em: Units of length. (line 8442)
-* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8442)
-* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13723)
-* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13805)
-* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13811)
+* ellipses: Dots. (line 10327)
+* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13653)
+* em: Units of length. (line 8450)
+* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8449)
+* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13733)
+* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13815)
+* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13821)
* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1755)
-* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15401)
+* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15412)
* encoding, font: \DeclareFontEncoding.
(line 1384)
-* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 14024)
+* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 14035)
* end matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3900)
@@ -18224,12 +18235,12 @@
* environment, center: center. (line 3688)
* environment, description: description. (line 3778)
* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3834)
-* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 8976)
+* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
* environment, document: document. (line 3878)
* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3916)
* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3983)
* environment, equation: equation. (line 4037)
-* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 8976)
+* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
* environment, figure: figure. (line 4057)
* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4115)
* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4115)
@@ -18239,17 +18250,18 @@
* environment, letter: letter. (line 4377)
* environment, list: list. (line 4382)
* environment, math: math. (line 4748)
-* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 8976)
+* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4760)
* environment, picture: picture. (line 4918)
* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
+* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6704)
* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5493)
* environment, table: table. (line 5642)
* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5700)
* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6024)
* environment, theindex: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14817)
+ (line 14828)
* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6291)
* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6321)
@@ -18258,12 +18270,12 @@
* environments: Environments. (line 3549)
* environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 7625)
-* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15475)
-* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
+* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15486)
+* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3983)
* equation counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* equation environment: equation. (line 4037)
-* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8976)
+* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466)
* equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options.
(line 788)
@@ -18275,59 +18287,59 @@
* error messages, from BibTeX: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6264)
* errorstopmode: Command line options.
- (line 16076)
+ (line 16087)
* es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14004)
+ (line 14015)
* etex command: TeX engines. (line 519)
* eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13972)
+ (line 13983)
* etoolbox package: Class and package commands.
(line 1020)
-* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13732)
-* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13732)
-* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13733)
-* ex: Units of length. (line 8442)
-* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8442)
-* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13740)
+* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13742)
+* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13742)
+* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13743)
+* ex: Units of length. (line 8446)
+* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8445)
+* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13750)
* executivepaper option: Document class options.
(line 744)
* expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 624)
* expl3 package <1>: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13587)
+ (line 13597)
* exponent: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9042)
-* expressions: Expressions. (line 8636)
+ (line 9052)
+* expressions: Expressions. (line 8646)
* extended Latin: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13958)
-* external commands: \write18. (line 15935)
+ (line 13969)
+* external commands: \write18. (line 15946)
* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 4115)
-* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 16224)
+* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 16235)
* families, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
(line 1912)
-* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 11075)
-* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11216)
+* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 11085)
+* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11226)
* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5633)
* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
-* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13771)
+* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13781)
* figure counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13743)
+* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13753)
* figure environment: figure. (line 4057)
* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466)
* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4861)
* figures, inserting: figure. (line 4057)
* file, closing: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15573)
+ (line 15584)
* file, opening: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15573)
-* file, reading: \read. (line 15637)
+ (line 15584)
+* file, reading: \read. (line 15648)
* file, root: Splitting the input.
- (line 14138)
-* file, root <1>: Jobname. (line 16203)
+ (line 14149)
+* file, root <1>: Jobname. (line 16214)
* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4115)
* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4115)
* filename for current job: Command line options.
- (line 16092)
+ (line 16103)
* final option: Document class options.
(line 774)
* first-latex-doc document: About this document.
@@ -18348,7 +18360,7 @@
(line 1912)
* font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands.
(line 1897)
-* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11778)
+* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11788)
* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1298)
* font encoding <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
(line 1418)
@@ -18359,13 +18371,13 @@
* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1840)
* font styles: Font styles. (line 1701)
* font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13598)
+ (line 13608)
* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1298)
* fonts: Fonts. (line 1261)
* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7871)
-* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 10056)
+* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 10066)
* fontspec package: fontenc package. (line 1309)
-* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11209)
+* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
* footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
(line 2182)
* footnote counter: Counters. (line 8091)
@@ -18384,18 +18396,18 @@
* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4140)
* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 509)
* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 4037)
-* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 8976)
+* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 8986)
* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3365)
* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 490)
-* fraction: \frac. (line 10953)
+* fraction: \frac. (line 10963)
* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7903)
-* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12258)
-* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12258)
-* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12263)
-* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13637)
+* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
+* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
+* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273)
+* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
* front matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
-* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10414)
+* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10424)
* geometry package: Document class options.
(line 765)
* geometry package <1>: Document class options.
@@ -18404,45 +18416,45 @@
(line 731)
* global options <1>: Additional packages.
(line 839)
-* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 15132)
-* glossary: Glossaries. (line 15132)
-* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 15180)
-* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 15239)
+* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 15143)
+* glossary: Glossaries. (line 15143)
+* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 15191)
+* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 15250)
* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316)
* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7573)
-* graphics: Graphics. (line 12768)
+* graphics: Graphics. (line 12778)
* graphics <1>: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 12869)
-* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
-* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12768)
+ (line 12879)
+* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
+* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12778)
* graphics package <1>: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 12869)
-* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
+ (line 12879)
+* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
* graphics package commands: Commands for graphics.
- (line 13059)
+ (line 13069)
* graphics package options: Graphics package options.
- (line 12805)
+ (line 12815)
* graphics packages: \line. (line 5179)
-* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13448)
-* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13480)
-* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13448)
-* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13480)
+* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458)
+* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
+* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458)
+* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5131)
-* grave accent: Accents. (line 13860)
-* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10553)
-* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13750)
-* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 9105)
-* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10371)
+* grave accent: Accents. (line 13870)
+* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10563)
+* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13760)
+* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 9115)
+* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10381)
* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 12977)
+ (line 12987)
* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3561)
-* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15010)
-* hacek accent: Accents. (line 13909)
-* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 14075)
-* hard space: ~. (line 11650)
-* hat accent: Accents. (line 13856)
-* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10556)
-* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11209)
+* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15021)
+* hacek accent: Accents. (line 13919)
+* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 14086)
+* hard space: ~. (line 11660)
+* hat accent: Accents. (line 13866)
+* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10566)
+* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
* header, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
(line 2182)
* hello, world: Starting and ending.
@@ -18450,41 +18462,41 @@
* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2454)
* home page for manual: About this document.
(line 360)
-* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13753)
+* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13763)
* horizontal paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8894)
-* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11435)
-* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11435)
+ (line 8904)
+* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11445)
+* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11445)
* horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10758)
-* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13885)
+ (line 10768)
+* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13895)
* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7096)
-* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11191)
-* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 14693)
+* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11201)
+* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 14704)
* hyperref package <4>: Command line input.
- (line 16147)
-* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13764)
+ (line 16158)
+* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13774)
* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6732)
* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6667)
* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6633)
-* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12136)
-* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10544)
+* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
+* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10554)
* Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13972)
+ (line 13983)
* Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14008)
-* idx file: \index. (line 14943)
+ (line 14019)
+* idx file: \index. (line 14954)
* ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13984)
-* immediate \write: \write. (line 15800)
+ (line 13995)
+* immediate \write: \write. (line 15811)
* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
-* in: Units of length. (line 8421)
+* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
+* in: Units of length. (line 8420)
* inch: Units of length. (line 8421)
-* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
+* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
* indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8845)
+ (line 8855)
* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4857)
* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2762)
* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2824)
@@ -18493,58 +18505,58 @@
* indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3060)
* indentfirst package <5>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8887)
-* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15089)
-* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15085)
-* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 14861)
-* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 14893)
-* index entry: \index. (line 14841)
-* index package: \index. (line 14938)
-* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14804)
-* index, page range: \index. (line 14877)
-* index, printing: \printindex. (line 15117)
-* index, processing: makeindex. (line 14958)
+ (line 8897)
+* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15100)
+* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15096)
+* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 14872)
+* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 14904)
+* index entry: \index. (line 14852)
+* index package: \index. (line 14949)
+* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14815)
+* index, page range: \index. (line 14888)
+* index, printing: \printindex. (line 15128)
+* index, processing: makeindex. (line 14969)
* index, producing manually: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14814)
-* index, style file: makeindex. (line 14970)
-* indexes: Indexes. (line 14759)
-* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11402)
-* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 12050)
+ (line 14825)
+* index, style file: makeindex. (line 14981)
+* indexes: Indexes. (line 14770)
+* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11412)
+* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 12060)
* inline formulas: math. (line 4748)
-* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11036)
+* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11046)
* input file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14134)
+ (line 14145)
* input, on command line: Command line input.
- (line 16139)
-* input/output: Input/output. (line 15564)
-* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15564)
-* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 14015)
+ (line 16150)
+* input/output: Input/output. (line 15575)
+* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15575)
+* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 14026)
* inserting figures: figure. (line 4057)
* insertions of special characters: Special insertions.
- (line 13509)
+ (line 13519)
* interface, command line: Command line interface.
- (line 16011)
+ (line 16022)
* interline space: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2315)
-* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 11026)
+* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 11036)
* invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10758)
-* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10821)
-* italic correction: \/. (line 11744)
+ (line 10768)
+* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
+* italic correction: \/. (line 11754)
* italic font: Font styles. (line 1777)
* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4289)
-* item_0: makeindex. (line 15034)
-* item_01: makeindex. (line 15043)
-* item_1: makeindex. (line 15037)
-* item_12: makeindex. (line 15052)
-* item_2: makeindex. (line 15040)
-* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15047)
-* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15056)
+* item_0: makeindex. (line 15045)
+* item_01: makeindex. (line 15054)
+* item_1: makeindex. (line 15048)
+* item_12: makeindex. (line 15063)
+* item_2: makeindex. (line 15051)
+* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15058)
+* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15067)
* jobname: Command line options.
- (line 16092)
-* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16203)
-* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
-* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
+ (line 16103)
+* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16214)
+* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
+* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 4209)
* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 402)
@@ -18559,7 +18571,7 @@
* latex: TeX engines. (line 517)
* latex command: Output files. (line 467)
* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13628)
+* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13638)
* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 402)
* LaTeX Project team: About this document.
(line 374)
@@ -18568,63 +18580,63 @@
* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 567)
* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document.
(line 387)
-* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13631)
+* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13641)
* LaTeX3 syntax: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 624)
* <latexrefman at tug.org> email address: About this document.
(line 374)
-* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9949)
+* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9959)
* Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13958)
+ (line 13969)
* layout commands: Layout. (line 2026)
* layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters.
(line 2182)
-* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14511)
+* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14522)
* leading: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2315)
-* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13637)
-* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13761)
-* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13693)
-* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13780)
-* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13786)
+* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13771)
+* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13703)
+* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13657)
+* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13790)
+* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13796)
* left-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
(line 788)
* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 4209)
* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4180)
-* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 11003)
+* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 11013)
* legalpaper option: Document class options.
(line 744)
-* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8490)
+* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8500)
* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7573)
* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8313)
-* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8460)
+* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8471)
* leqno option: Document class options.
(line 774)
-* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13758)
-* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15017)
-* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15026)
-* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15030)
+* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13768)
+* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15028)
+* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15037)
+* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15041)
* letter class: Document classes. (line 701)
* letter environment: letter. (line 4377)
* letterpaper option: Document class options.
(line 744)
-* letters, accented: Accents. (line 13822)
+* letters, accented: Accents. (line 13832)
* letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13958)
-* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15388)
-* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15493)
-* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15269)
+ (line 13969)
+* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15399)
+* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15504)
+* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15280)
* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6507)
* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6490)
* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690)
* line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
(line 6751)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10937)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10947)
* line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
(line 6751)
* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5700)
-* line_max: makeindex. (line 15081)
+* line_max: makeindex. (line 15092)
* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1828)
* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5700)
* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5493)
@@ -18641,104 +18653,104 @@
* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1328)
* loading additional packages: Additional packages.
(line 830)
-* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 15994)
+* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 16005)
* log file: Output files. (line 485)
-* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15770)
-* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13628)
-* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13631)
-* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13669)
+* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15781)
+* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13638)
+* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13641)
+* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13679)
* long command: Class and package commands.
(line 933)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13659)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13669)
* low-level font commands: Low-level font commands.
(line 1897)
* lowercase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13545)
+ (line 13555)
* LR box: picture. (line 5005)
-* LR mode: Modes. (line 11003)
-* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12470)
+* LR mode: Modes. (line 11013)
+* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12480)
* lshort document: About this document.
(line 393)
* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 535)
* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 568)
* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 536)
-* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15782)
-* m-width: Units of length. (line 8442)
-* macron accent: Accents. (line 13852)
-* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10538)
+* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15793)
+* m-width: Units of length. (line 8450)
+* macron accent: Accents. (line 13862)
+* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10548)
* macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
(line 7446)
* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* mail merges: \read. (line 15662)
+* mail merges: \read. (line 15673)
* main matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 3105)
-* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12136)
-* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15123)
-* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 14958)
-* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 14958)
-* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 14970)
+* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
+* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15134)
+* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 14969)
+* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 14969)
+* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 14981)
* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6321)
-* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8731)
-* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8926)
-* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13771)
-* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10123)
-* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10123)
-* math accents: Math accents. (line 10530)
+* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8741)
+* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
+* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13781)
+* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10133)
+* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10133)
+* math accents: Math accents. (line 10540)
* math environment: math. (line 4748)
-* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8976)
-* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 8976)
-* math functions: Math functions. (line 10414)
-* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 10911)
-* math mode: Modes. (line 11013)
-* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 8976)
+* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
+* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 8986)
+* math functions: Math functions. (line 10424)
+* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 10921)
+* math mode: Modes. (line 11023)
+* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 8986)
* math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10623)
+ (line 10633)
* math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10758)
-* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10821)
-* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10698)
-* math styles: Math styles. (line 10843)
-* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 9105)
-* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9949)
+ (line 10768)
+* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
+* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10708)
+* math styles: Math styles. (line 10853)
+* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 9115)
+* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9959)
* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1824)
-* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 9031)
-* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 10108)
-* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10147)
+* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 9041)
+* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 10118)
+* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
* mathtools package <3>: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10617)
-* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10752)
+ (line 10627)
+* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10762)
* mathtools package <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10800)
+ (line 10810)
* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5179)
* mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13584)
+ (line 13594)
* mhchem package: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9098)
-* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8431)
+ (line 9108)
+* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8428)
* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4760)
* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4760)
* minted package: tabbing. (line 5633)
* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6389)
* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6439)
* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 687)
-* mm: Units of length. (line 8431)
-* modes: Modes. (line 10991)
+* mm: Units of length. (line 8427)
+* modes: Modes. (line 11001)
* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1792)
* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7916)
* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 7035)
* mpfootnote counter <1>: Counters. (line 8091)
-* mu: Units of length. (line 8453)
-* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8453)
+* mu: Units of length. (line 8456)
+* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8457)
* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 2043)
-* multilingual support: Accents. (line 13822)
-* multind package: Indexes. (line 14804)
-* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14804)
-* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 10937)
-* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15217)
-* name of document root: Jobname. (line 16203)
-* NBSP: ~. (line 11650)
+* multilingual support: Accents. (line 13832)
+* multind package: Indexes. (line 14815)
+* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14815)
+* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 10947)
+* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15228)
+* name of document root: Jobname. (line 16214)
+* NBSP: ~. (line 11660)
* nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14309)
+ (line 14320)
* new class commands: Class and package construction.
(line 846)
* new command, check: Class and package commands.
@@ -18753,24 +18765,24 @@
* new line, starting: \\. (line 6507)
* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6609)
* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6855)
-* newline, in \write: \write. (line 15834)
+* newline, in \write: \write. (line 15845)
* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4143)
-* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13764)
+* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13774)
* non-English characters: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13958)
+ (line 13969)
* nonstopmode: Command line options.
- (line 16076)
+ (line 16087)
* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4146)
-* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8926)
+* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
* notitlepage option: Document class options.
(line 774)
-* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10123)
+* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10133)
* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8165)
* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1828)
* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1789)
* oe ligature: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14000)
-* ogonek: Accents. (line 13889)
+ (line 14011)
+* ogonek: Accents. (line 13899)
* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1828)
* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2031)
* onecolumn option: Document class options.
@@ -18778,22 +18790,22 @@
* oneside option: Document class options.
(line 803)
* open a file: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15573)
+ (line 15584)
* openany option: Document class options.
(line 803)
* openbib option: Document class options.
(line 774)
-* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13657)
* openright option: Document class options.
(line 803)
* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* operating system information: \write18. (line 15994)
+* operating system information: \write18. (line 16005)
* options, class: Class and package commands.
(line 976)
* options, color package: Color package options.
- (line 12527)
+ (line 12537)
* options, command line: Command line options.
- (line 16055)
+ (line 16066)
* options, document class: Document class options.
(line 731)
* options, document class <1>: Class and package structure.
@@ -18801,22 +18813,22 @@
* options, global: Additional packages.
(line 839)
* options, graphics package: Graphics package options.
- (line 12805)
+ (line 12815)
* options, package: Class and package structure.
(line 869)
* options, package <1>: Class and package commands.
(line 976)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13771)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13781)
* oslash: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13996)
+ (line 14007)
* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1298)
-* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11036)
+* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11046)
* output directory for all external files: Command line options.
- (line 16097)
-* overbar accent: Accents. (line 13852)
-* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10550)
+ (line 16108)
+* overbar accent: Accents. (line 13862)
+* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10560)
* overlining: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10579)
+ (line 10589)
* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 402)
* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4140)
* package file layout: Class and package structure.
@@ -18826,77 +18838,77 @@
* package options <1>: Class and package commands.
(line 976)
* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3587)
-* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 12130)
+* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 12140)
* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 9984)
-* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 9031)
-* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9949)
+* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 9994)
+* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 9041)
+* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9959)
* package, amsmath: array. (line 3661)
* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3669)
* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3850)
* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 4051)
* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6313)
-* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 9031)
-* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10147)
+* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 9041)
+* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10292)
-* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10347)
-* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10519)
+ (line 10302)
+* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10357)
+* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10529)
* package, amsmath <10>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10640)
+ (line 10650)
* package, amsmath <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10808)
+ (line 10818)
* package, amsmath <12>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10926)
+ (line 10936)
* package, amsmath <13>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10930)
+ (line 10940)
* package, amsmath <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11735)
+ (line 11745)
* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6313)
-* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14080)
-* package, answers: \write. (line 15839)
+* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14091)
+* package, answers: \write. (line 15850)
* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3095)
* package, array: array. (line 3680)
* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5179)
-* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 11970)
-* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12204)
-* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 15942)
+* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
+* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12214)
+* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 15953)
* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2837)
* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 6071)
-* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 13822)
-* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14110)
+* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 13832)
+* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14121)
* package, babel <4>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14483)
-* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 14893)
-* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16313)
+ (line 14494)
+* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 14904)
+* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16324)
* package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes.
(line 7206)
* package, bm: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10016)
+ (line 10026)
* package, caption: \caption. (line 2624)
* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3376)
* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3489)
* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1328)
-* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 9105)
+* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 9115)
* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6379)
* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6442)
-* package, datatool: \read. (line 15662)
-* package, datetime: \today. (line 14124)
+* package, datatool: \read. (line 15673)
+* package, datetime: \today. (line 14135)
* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3680)
* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4349)
* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4648)
-* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15475)
+* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15486)
* package, etoolbox: Class and package commands.
(line 1020)
-* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13732)
-* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13733)
+* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13742)
+* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13743)
* package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 624)
* package, expl3 <1>: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13587)
-* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 11075)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11216)
+ (line 13597)
+* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 11085)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11226)
* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5633)
* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2484)
@@ -18908,13 +18920,13 @@
(line 769)
* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5131)
* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 12977)
+ (line 12987)
* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7096)
-* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11191)
-* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 14693)
+* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11201)
+* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 14704)
* package, hyperref <4>: Command line input.
- (line 16147)
+ (line 16158)
* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2762)
* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2824)
* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2919)
@@ -18922,54 +18934,56 @@
* package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3060)
* package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8887)
-* package, index: \index. (line 14938)
-* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9949)
+ (line 8897)
+* package, index: \index. (line 14949)
+* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9959)
* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5633)
* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6389)
* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6439)
* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1328)
* package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
(line 7446)
-* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15123)
-* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 9031)
-* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 10108)
-* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10147)
+* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15134)
+* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 9041)
+* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 10118)
+* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
* package, mathtools <3>: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10617)
-* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10752)
+ (line 10627)
+* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10762)
* package, mathtools <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10800)
+ (line 10810)
* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5179)
* package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13584)
+ (line 13594)
* package, mhchem: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9098)
+ (line 9108)
* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5633)
* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6389)
* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6439)
-* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14804)
+* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14815)
* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5179)
-* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 13822)
-* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14110)
+* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 13832)
+* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14121)
* package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14484)
-* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 14893)
+ (line 14495)
+* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 14904)
* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5179)
* package, setspace: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2388)
-* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16000)
-* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14804)
+* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16011)
+* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14815)
* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4891)
-* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11686)
+* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11696)
* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
-* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 15994)
+* package, tablefootnote: Footnotes in a table.
+ (line 7183)
+* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 16005)
* package, textcase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13581)
+ (line 13591)
* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5179)
-* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 11970)
-* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12203)
-* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 9984)
+* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
+* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12213)
+* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 9994)
* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2686)
* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2766)
* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2845)
@@ -18978,13 +18992,13 @@
* package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3064)
* package, tocbibbind: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14470)
+ (line 14481)
* package, tocloft: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14470)
-* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 14690)
+ (line 14481)
+* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 14701)
* package, ulem: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10588)
-* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 10402)
+ (line 10598)
+* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 10412)
* package, url: \verb. (line 6436)
* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6395)
* package, xparse: LaTeX command syntax.
@@ -18992,7 +19006,8 @@
* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
* package, xr: xr package. (line 3495)
* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 3495)
-* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 16250)
+* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 8030)
+* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 16261)
* packages, loading additional: Additional packages.
(line 830)
* page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
@@ -19004,159 +19019,160 @@
* page layout parameters: Page layout parameters.
(line 2182)
* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3442)
-* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 11152)
-* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11293)
-* page styles: Page styles. (line 11069)
-* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12747)
-* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15094)
-* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10123)
+* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 11162)
+* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11303)
+* page styles: Page styles. (line 11079)
+* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12757)
+* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15105)
+* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10133)
* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3007)
* paragraph counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8894)
+ (line 8904)
* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4857)
* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
(line 5463)
-* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 10997)
-* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12293)
-* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13651)
-* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8792)
-* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12293)
-* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8731)
+* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11007)
+* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12303)
+* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13661)
+* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8802)
+* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12303)
+* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8741)
* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 7007)
* parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters.
(line 2182)
* parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security.
- (line 15863)
-* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 10073)
+ (line 15874)
+* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 10083)
* part: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* part <1>: \part. (line 2718)
* part counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5538)
-* pc: Units of length. (line 8418)
-* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
+* pc: Units of length. (line 8417)
+* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 518)
* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 477)
* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 569)
* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 477)
* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 519)
-* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11519)
-* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13774)
-* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11519)
-* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11519)
+* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11529)
+* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13784)
+* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11529)
+* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11529)
* pica: Units of length. (line 8418)
* pict2e package: \line. (line 5179)
* picture environment: picture. (line 4918)
* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4918)
-* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13651)
+* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13661)
* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2433)
* platex: TeX engines. (line 557)
* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 570)
-* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15225)
-* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 13065)
+* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15236)
+* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6454)
* point: Units of length. (line 8414)
* polish l: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13988)
-* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 13822)
-* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14110)
+ (line 13999)
+* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 13832)
+* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14121)
* polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14484)
-* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 14893)
+ (line 14495)
+* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 14904)
* portrait orientation: Document class options.
(line 785)
* position, in picture: picture. (line 4976)
* positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 7275)
-* postamble: makeindex. (line 15006)
-* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15505)
-* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13655)
-* preamble: makeindex. (line 15002)
+* postamble: makeindex. (line 15017)
+* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 8424)
+* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15516)
+* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13665)
+* preamble: makeindex. (line 15013)
* preamble, defined: Starting and ending.
(line 447)
* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 573)
* prompt, *: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16285)
+ (line 16296)
* pronunciation: Overview. (line 423)
* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5179)
-* pt: Units of length. (line 8414)
+* pt: Units of length. (line 8413)
* quad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10686)
-* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13777)
+ (line 10696)
+* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13787)
* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
-* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13637)
+* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13647)
* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
-* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13792)
-* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13796)
+* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13802)
+* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
* quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
(line 5463)
* quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
(line 5463)
-* radical: \sqrt. (line 10965)
+* radical: \sqrt. (line 10975)
* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 4242)
* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 4209)
* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4180)
-* read a file: \read. (line 15637)
+* read a file: \read. (line 15648)
* redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 7625)
* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3365)
* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 490)
-* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13799)
-* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 10981)
+* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13809)
+* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 10991)
* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 573)
-* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8926)
+* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
* report class: Document classes. (line 701)
* reporting bugs: About this document.
(line 378)
* reserved characters: Reserved characters.
- (line 13515)
-* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13448)
-* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13480)
-* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 15982)
-* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13637)
-* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13802)
-* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13696)
-* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13662)
-* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13783)
-* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13789)
+ (line 13525)
+* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458)
+* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
+* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 15993)
+* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13812)
+* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13706)
+* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13672)
+* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13793)
+* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13799)
* right-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
(line 788)
* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 4242)
* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8316)
-* ring accent: Accents. (line 13893)
-* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10559)
+* ring accent: Accents. (line 13903)
+* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10569)
* robust commands: \protect. (line 7903)
* roman font: Font styles. (line 1780)
* root file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14138)
-* root file <1>: Jobname. (line 16203)
-* roots: \sqrt. (line 10965)
-* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13380)
-* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13380)
-* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13380)
+ (line 14149)
+* root file <1>: Jobname. (line 16214)
+* roots: \sqrt. (line 10975)
+* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
+* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
+* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5533)
* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8316)
* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7573)
* running header and footer: Page layout parameters.
(line 2182)
-* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11209)
+* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
* samepage environment: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
(line 6951)
* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1786)
* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8440)
-* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13448)
-* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13480)
-* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10056)
+* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458)
+* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
+* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10066)
* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774)
-* script style: Math styles. (line 10860)
-* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 10863)
+* script style: Math styles. (line 10870)
+* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 10873)
* scrollmode: Command line options.
- (line 16076)
+ (line 16087)
* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2695)
* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2696)
* section: Sectioning. (line 2632)
@@ -19164,86 +19180,86 @@
* section counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466)
* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2696)
-* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13666)
+* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13676)
* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 3141)
* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2718)
* security and \write: \write and security.
- (line 15847)
-* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 14893)
+ (line 15858)
+* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 14904)
* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 4151)
* series, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
(line 1939)
* setspace package: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2388)
* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8224)
-* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15989)
+* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000)
* shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
(line 1979)
* sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14004)
-* shell access: \write18. (line 15935)
+ (line 14015)
+* shell access: \write18. (line 15946)
* shell escape: Command line options.
- (line 16110)
-* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 15989)
-* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16000)
-* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14804)
+ (line 16121)
+* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 16000)
+* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16011)
+* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14815)
* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6360)
-* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13637)
-* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13637)
-* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13786)
-* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13659)
-* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13792)
-* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13789)
+* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13796)
+* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13669)
+* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13802)
+* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13799)
* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4891)
-* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11686)
+* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11696)
* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1840)
* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316)
* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7573)
* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1789)
* slides class: Document classes. (line 701)
-* sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6704)
* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6704)
+* sloppypar environment <1>: sloppypar. (line 6704)
* slot, font: \DeclareTextAccent.
(line 1425)
* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1783)
-* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15229)
+* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15240)
* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 4151)
-* sp: Units of length. (line 8440)
+* sp: Units of length. (line 8439)
* space between lines: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 2315)
-* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11435)
-* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 12079)
+* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11445)
+* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 12089)
* space, negative thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11715)
+ (line 11725)
* space, thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11715)
-* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11650)
-* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 11999)
-* spaces: Spaces. (line 11321)
+ (line 11725)
+* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11660)
+* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 12009)
+* spaces: Spaces. (line 11331)
* spaces, ignore around commands: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
(line 7955)
* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 8030)
* spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10623)
+ (line 10633)
* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11565)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11586)
+ (line 11575)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11596)
* spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10758)
-* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10821)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13771)
+ (line 10768)
+* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13781)
* special characters: Reserved characters.
- (line 13515)
+ (line 13525)
* special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13958)
+ (line 13969)
* special insertions: Special insertions.
- (line 13509)
+ (line 13519)
* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2433)
* splitting the input file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14134)
-* square root: \sqrt. (line 10965)
-* stack math: \stackrel. (line 10981)
+ (line 14145)
+* square root: \sqrt. (line 10975)
+* stack math: \stackrel. (line 10991)
* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7460)
* starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 7248)
@@ -19254,24 +19270,24 @@
(line 431)
* starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
(line 6814)
-* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13655)
-* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13796)
-* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13796)
-* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13792)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11402)
-* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 12050)
+* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13665)
+* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
+* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
+* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13802)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11412)
+* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 12060)
* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2171)
* strut: \footnote. (line 7020)
-* strut <1>: \strut. (line 11914)
-* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 10821)
+* strut <1>: \strut. (line 11924)
+* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1701)
-* styles, page: Page styles. (line 11069)
+* styles, page: Page styles. (line 11079)
* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3007)
* subparagraph counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9042)
+ (line 9052)
* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2632)
* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2943)
* subsection counter: Counters. (line 8091)
@@ -19281,96 +19297,98 @@
* subsubsection counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
* superscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9042)
-* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15233)
+ (line 9052)
+* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15244)
* symbol, defining: \DeclareTextSymbol.
(line 1593)
-* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9949)
+* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9959)
* symbols, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 9990)
-* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 9105)
-* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13610)
-* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15935)
-* system information: \write18. (line 15994)
+ (line 10000)
+* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 9115)
+* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13620)
+* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15946)
+* system information: \write18. (line 16005)
* T1: fontenc package. (line 1298)
* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5493)
* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5493)
* table counter: Counters. (line 8091)
* table environment: table. (line 5642)
-* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14662)
+* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14673)
* table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline.
- (line 14490)
+ (line 14501)
* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
- (line 14525)
+ (line 14536)
* table of contents file: Output files. (line 500)
* table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
(line 7117)
* table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14366)
+ (line 14377)
* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
(line 2707)
+* tablefootnote package: Footnotes in a table.
+ (line 7183)
* tables, creating: table. (line 5642)
* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5700)
-* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16343)
-* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16313)
-* template, book: book template. (line 16366)
+* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16354)
+* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16324)
+* template, book: book template. (line 16377)
* template, book <1>: Larger book template.
- (line 16390)
+ (line 16401)
* templates, document: Document templates.
- (line 16306)
-* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15564)
-* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15770)
+ (line 16317)
+* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15575)
+* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15781)
* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13669)
-* texosquery package: \write18. (line 15994)
-* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 16224)
-* text style: Math styles. (line 10858)
-* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13610)
-* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13448)
-* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13480)
-* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13448)
-* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13480)
+* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13679)
+* texosquery package: \write18. (line 16005)
+* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 16235)
+* text style: Math styles. (line 10868)
+* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13620)
+* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458)
+* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
+* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458)
+* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
* textcase package: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13581)
-* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13610)
-* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11132)
+ (line 13591)
+* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13620)
+* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11142)
* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6024)
* theindex: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14814)
+ (line 14825)
* theindex environment: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14817)
+ (line 14828)
* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6291)
* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6291)
* thin space: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10664)
+ (line 10674)
* thin space <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11715)
+ (line 11725)
* thin space, negative: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10678)
+ (line 10688)
* thin space, negative <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11715)
+ (line 11725)
* thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14008)
-* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13805)
-* tie: ~. (line 11650)
-* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 13899)
+ (line 14019)
+* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13815)
+* tie: ~. (line 11660)
+* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 13909)
* TikZ package: \line. (line 5179)
-* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 11970)
-* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12203)
-* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 9984)
-* tilde accent: Accents. (line 13864)
-* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10562)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13675)
+* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
+* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12213)
+* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 9994)
+* tilde accent: Accents. (line 13874)
+* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10572)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13685)
* title page, separate or run-in: Document class options.
(line 796)
* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6321)
-* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11139)
+* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11149)
* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6321)
* titlepage option: Document class options.
(line 774)
-* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 11081)
+* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 11091)
* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2686)
* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2766)
* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2845)
@@ -19379,26 +19397,26 @@
* titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 3064)
* tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14470)
+ (line 14481)
* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2706)
* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2707)
* tocloft package: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14470)
-* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 14690)
-* today's date: \today. (line 14103)
-* tombstone: \rule. (line 14075)
+ (line 14481)
+* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 14701)
+* today's date: \today. (line 14114)
+* tombstone: \rule. (line 14086)
* topmargin: Page layout parameters.
(line 2301)
* topnumber: Floats. (line 2540)
* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2541)
* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2544)
* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2545)
-* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13808)
+* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13818)
* transcript file: Output files. (line 485)
* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13610)
+* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13620)
* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 2043)
-* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13811)
+* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13821)
* twocolumn option: Document class options.
(line 803)
* twoside option: Document class options.
@@ -19410,16 +19428,16 @@
* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1792)
* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3808)
* ulem package: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10588)
-* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13841)
-* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11650)
-* underbar: Accents. (line 13869)
+ (line 10598)
+* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13851)
+* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11660)
+* underbar: Accents. (line 13879)
* underlining: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10579)
-* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13814)
-* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 14024)
+ (line 10589)
+* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13824)
+* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 14035)
* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 10402)
+* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 10412)
* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8410)
* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document.
(line 374)
@@ -19427,56 +19445,57 @@
* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 558)
* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 571)
* uppercase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13545)
+ (line 13555)
* url package: \verb. (line 6436)
* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6202)
* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 408)
* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 509)
* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1298)
* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 8082)
-* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10565)
+* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10575)
* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6360)
* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6360)
* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6403)
* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6395)
* verse environment: verse. (line 6454)
-* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13687)
-* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13684)
-* vertical mode: Modes. (line 11021)
-* vertical space: \vspace. (line 11999)
-* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 12079)
+* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697)
+* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13694)
+* vertical mode: Modes. (line 11031)
+* vertical space: \vspace. (line 12009)
+* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 12089)
* vertical space before paragraphs: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8894)
+ (line 8904)
* vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10758)
-* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10821)
-* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10698)
+ (line 10768)
+* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
+* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10708)
* visible space: \verb. (line 6428)
-* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13817)
+* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13827)
* weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
(line 1949)
-* whatsit item: \write. (line 15805)
-* white space: Spaces. (line 11321)
-* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10568)
-* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10571)
+* whatsit item: \write. (line 15816)
+* white space: Spaces. (line 11331)
+* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10578)
+* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10581)
* widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
(line 1961)
* Wright, Joseph: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13587)
+ (line 13597)
* writing external files: filecontents. (line 4115)
-* writing letters: Letters. (line 15269)
-* x-height: Units of length. (line 8442)
+* writing letters: Letters. (line 15280)
+* x-height: Units of length. (line 8446)
* xdvi command: Output files. (line 467)
* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 545)
* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 544)
* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 572)
* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 545)
-* xindex program: makeindex. (line 15111)
-* xindy program: makeindex. (line 15104)
+* xindex program: makeindex. (line 15122)
+* xindy program: makeindex. (line 15115)
* xparse package: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 624)
* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
* xr package: xr package. (line 3495)
* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3495)
-* xstring package: Jobname. (line 16250)
+* xspace package: xspace package. (line 8030)
+* xstring package: Jobname. (line 16261)
Modified: trunk/latex2e.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.xml 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.xml 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
<texinfo xml:lang="en">
<filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
<preamble>\input texinfo
-</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1071 2021-10-31 15:37:04Z karl $ -->
+</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1079 2022-01-26 18:15:20Z karl $ -->
<!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
<setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED October 2021">October 2021</set>
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED January 2022">January 2022</set>
<!-- c $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ -->
<!-- c Public domain. -->
<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
<tex endspaces=" ">
</tex>
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</settitle>
<!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
<!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
<!-- c xx JH something on code listings -->
<!-- c xx JH ligatures -->
<!-- c -->
+<!-- c xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). -->
+<!-- c -->
<!-- c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
<!-- c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
<!-- c xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. -->
@@ -50,7 +52,7 @@
<copying endspaces=" ">
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
</para>
<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -67,7 +69,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
</para>
<para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.&linebreak;
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.&linebreak;
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak;
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
</para>
@@ -109,7 +111,7 @@
<titlepage endspaces=" ">
<title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">October 2021</subtitle>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">January 2022</subtitle>
<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author>
<page></page>
<vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
@@ -136,14 +138,14 @@
</macro>
<set name="NotInPlainTeX" line=" NotInPlainTeX Not available in plain @TeX{}.">Not available in plain @TeX{}.</set>
-<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.</set>
+<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @package{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @package{amssymb} package.</set>
<set name="NeedsSTIX" line=" NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.</set>
<node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">About this document</nodenext></node>
<top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -9143,7 +9145,9 @@
<node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -9181,7 +9185,7 @@
<node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -9213,8 +9217,8 @@
<node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -9304,10 +9308,10 @@
<node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -9363,7 +9367,7 @@
<node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -9408,7 +9412,7 @@
<node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -9442,8 +9446,8 @@
<node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -9495,8 +9499,8 @@
occurred while \output is active</samp>. <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, for a command that
does not have these effects.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>(There is an obsolete declaration <code>\samepage</code>, which tries to only
allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment
<code>samepage</code>, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For
@@ -9543,7 +9547,7 @@
<node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9568,8 +9572,8 @@
<code>footnote</code> counter.
</para>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
<para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change
this with something like
<code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which
@@ -9584,7 +9588,7 @@
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor>
<para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s
footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
@@ -9600,7 +9604,7 @@
\kern 2pt} % and this 2
</pre></example>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">strut</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
@@ -9633,7 +9637,7 @@
<node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9715,7 +9719,7 @@
<node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9784,7 +9788,7 @@
\textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{%
- Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+ Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
\end{tabular}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
@@ -9821,8 +9825,11 @@
\end{center}
</pre></example>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
<para>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), use the
-<file>tablefootnote</file> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
@@ -9849,10 +9856,10 @@
<node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package
@@ -9875,7 +9882,7 @@
<node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
</para>
@@ -9899,11 +9906,11 @@
<node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -9931,9 +9938,9 @@
<para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
<para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands
are not <code>\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be
@@ -9962,7 +9969,7 @@
(which may be the empty string). If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present
then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in
<code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the
parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>. On the
@@ -10106,10 +10113,10 @@
<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -10161,9 +10168,9 @@
category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value.
</para>
<para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0. Command names
consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
@@ -10185,8 +10192,8 @@
arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
catcode 11.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
@@ -10207,9 +10214,9 @@
<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10277,11 +10284,11 @@
<code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the
standard practice is not to insert any such spaces.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of
<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. (1) The <code>suffix</code> package allows the
@@ -10303,8 +10310,8 @@
<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -10356,11 +10363,11 @@
<node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10393,8 +10400,8 @@
<node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10431,11 +10438,11 @@
<node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -10463,7 +10470,7 @@
<para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these
environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
@@ -10595,12 +10602,12 @@
<node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10730,9 +10737,9 @@
<node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} -->
<para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
@@ -10753,8 +10760,8 @@
The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
backslash, <code>\</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
<dfn>at clause</dfn>. &latex; will look on your system for a file named
<file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. The at clause can have the form either
@@ -10778,9 +10785,9 @@
<node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>. A
fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
@@ -10798,7 +10805,7 @@
document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is
internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is
referred to as a
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>moving argument</dfn>. A command is fragile if it can
expand during this process into invalid &tex; code. Some examples of
moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code>
@@ -10844,10 +10851,10 @@
<node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xspace package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10942,10 +10949,13 @@
<node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10970,16 +10980,16 @@
The \VT{} summers are nice.
</pre></example>
-<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
braces or else there would be no space separating <samp>Vermont</samp> from
-<samp>summers</samp>. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+<samp>summers</samp>. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
<code>\ </code> for this. <xref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></xref>.)
</para>
<para>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing
commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
@@ -10997,10 +11007,10 @@
<!-- c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in
a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
</para>
</section>
@@ -11008,8 +11018,8 @@
<node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with
it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
@@ -11021,23 +11031,23 @@
<para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document
classes to control numbering.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi
chapter subparagraph table enumii
@@ -11071,7 +11081,7 @@
<node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if
the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
@@ -11083,30 +11093,30 @@
start with a backslash.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;,
&enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then
you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value
is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter
too large.</samp>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
&latex; does not print anything in the output.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
&latex; does not print anything in the output.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of
<var>counter</var> should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the
@@ -11147,9 +11157,9 @@
<node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11184,8 +11194,8 @@
<node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11228,9 +11238,9 @@
<node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11256,7 +11266,7 @@
<node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11280,7 +11290,7 @@
<node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11304,7 +11314,7 @@
<node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day & \month & \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11326,9 +11336,9 @@
<node name="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day & \month & \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month
(nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of
@@ -11357,16 +11367,16 @@
<node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a
length as an argument.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Lengths come in two types. A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code>
does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain
&tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.) A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain
@@ -11469,10 +11479,10 @@
\end{minipage}
</pre></example>
-<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>&tex; has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
@@ -11488,114 +11498,114 @@
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the width of something.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add infinite stretchability.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Expressions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Compute with lengths and integers.
-<!-- c * Predefined lengths:: Lengths that are, like, predefined. -->
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
math mode.
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pt </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">point</indexterm></cindex>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
-<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units
-is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.845<dmn>mm</dmn> = .2845<dmn>cm</dmn>.
+<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = .35146<dmn>mm</dmn> = .035146<dmn>cm</dmn>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">pica</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">pica</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor>
<para>Pica, 12 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">in </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">inch</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">inch</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor>
-<para>Inch, 72.27 pt
+<para>Inch, 72.27 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">bp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">big point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">big point</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor>
<para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
+<para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor>
-<para>Centimeter
+<para>Centimeter, 10 mm
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">mm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex>
-<anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
-<para>Millimeter
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dd </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor>
<para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cc </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor>
<para>Cicero, 12 dd
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor>
<para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">ex</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">em</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex>
-<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
-<anchor name="Lengths_002fen">Lengths/en</anchor>
+<para>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">ex</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor>
-<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor>
-<anchor name="units-of-length-en">units of length en</anchor>
<anchor name="units-of-length-ex">units of length ex</anchor>
-<para>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font. The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the
+<para>The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>). Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex>
-<para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<dfn>mu</dfn> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">em</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
+<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor>
+<para>Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10<dmn>pt</dmn> font will
+have 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 10<dmn>pt</dmn>. &latex; has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (<pxref label="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><xrefnodename>\enspace & \quad & \qquad</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="units-of-length-mu">units of length mu</anchor>
+<para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn>, defined by 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in
+math mode</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<para>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</para>
</section>
<node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11625,16 +11635,14 @@
<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
then you get an error like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument>
\sepcindent</samp>. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be
-read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>
+then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>.
</para>
-
</section>
<node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11937,8 +11945,8 @@
<node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
<para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current
paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the
@@ -12022,7 +12030,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts any sequence
of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <ref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></ref>):
@@ -12089,7 +12097,7 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -12142,8 +12150,8 @@
you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
<code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that,
@@ -12156,9 +12164,9 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -12202,9 +12210,9 @@
<node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12276,9 +12284,9 @@
<node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -12360,18 +12368,18 @@
\end{displaymath}</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph
mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <file>amssymb</file> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>). New
documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
@@ -12392,11 +12400,11 @@
<node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts & superscripts</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:
</para>
@@ -12467,8 +12475,8 @@
display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as
@@ -12479,12 +12487,12 @@
<node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
@@ -12591,11 +12599,11 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
<!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication
dot <code>\cdot</code>.
</para>
@@ -12619,7 +12627,7 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
<code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
@@ -12649,7 +12657,7 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large
@@ -12749,7 +12757,7 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <code>\Re</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
@@ -12772,7 +12780,7 @@
&tex;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
@@ -12849,7 +12857,7 @@
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
@@ -12938,7 +12946,7 @@
following operator (relation).
</para>
<para>Many negated operators are available that don&textrsquo;t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <file>amssymb</file> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
@@ -13063,7 +13071,7 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related:
@@ -13076,7 +13084,7 @@
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
@@ -13149,7 +13157,7 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
@@ -13157,7 +13165,7 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
@@ -13227,26 +13235,26 @@
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left
(binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
is a relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right
(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
@@ -13273,7 +13281,7 @@
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
(relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
@@ -13294,7 +13302,7 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
@@ -13396,15 +13404,15 @@
<node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;. The
<code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more.
@@ -13468,11 +13476,11 @@
<para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code>
is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
<code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>.
@@ -13482,8 +13490,8 @@
<node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Arrows</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
@@ -13526,8 +13534,8 @@
Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
11</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use
the <code>bm</code> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete
@@ -13548,8 +13556,8 @@
<node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -13584,9 +13592,9 @@
<node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -13611,11 +13619,11 @@
<node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark
the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of
@@ -13666,8 +13674,8 @@
<para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Double vertical bar
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired
delimiters. For instance, if you put
@@ -13692,11 +13700,11 @@
<node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left & \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigl & \bigr etc.</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node>
<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
@@ -13731,11 +13739,11 @@
<samp>Extra \right</samp>. Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You
can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match. A common
case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
@@ -13923,8 +13931,8 @@
\end{equation}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command
@@ -13965,8 +13973,8 @@
<node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">dots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">dots</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
continues.
@@ -14011,8 +14019,8 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs
@@ -14044,7 +14052,7 @@
<node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
differ from Roman upper case letters.
@@ -14101,8 +14109,8 @@
<para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Omega
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font
then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>. If you like having the
@@ -14120,8 +14128,8 @@
<node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
spacing.
@@ -14234,8 +14242,8 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and also
allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but
@@ -14250,8 +14258,8 @@
<node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
in math. These are different from accents in normal text
@@ -14259,59 +14267,59 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math acute accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math bar-over accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math breve accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math dieresis accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math dot accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math grave accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math hat (circumflex) accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math ring accent <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo -->
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math tilde accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math vector symbol
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math wide hat accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math wide tilde accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -14324,8 +14332,8 @@
<node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
putting braces over or under some material.
@@ -14338,8 +14346,8 @@
descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in
<code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows
line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the
@@ -14375,8 +14383,8 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -14386,8 +14394,8 @@
<node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the
normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
@@ -14414,8 +14422,8 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. With
the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release,
@@ -14448,7 +14456,7 @@
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>.
@@ -14469,7 +14477,7 @@
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally
<code>-3mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14479,7 +14487,7 @@
(<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">quad</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor>
<para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space
@@ -14504,8 +14512,8 @@
<node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14572,8 +14580,8 @@
\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
control over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -14583,12 +14591,12 @@
<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\mathstrut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14642,8 +14650,8 @@
<para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
<xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
@@ -14653,8 +14661,8 @@
In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer
fine-grained control over spacing.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you
@@ -14672,12 +14680,12 @@
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14706,7 +14714,7 @@
<node name="Math-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Math styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math styles</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex;&textrsquo;s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_{0\leq
@@ -14722,20 +14730,20 @@
</para>
<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
<beforefirstitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">display style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">display style</indexterm></cindex>
</beforefirstitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as
with <code>\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">text style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">text style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Text style is for an inline formula, as with <samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">script style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">script style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more)
of subscript or superscript.
@@ -14802,7 +14810,7 @@
<node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Math styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are
some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -14819,7 +14827,7 @@
<node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">Colon character & \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
@@ -14836,16 +14844,16 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
<code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want
@@ -14856,10 +14864,10 @@
<node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -14883,7 +14891,7 @@
<node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -14902,9 +14910,9 @@
<node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">radical</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14928,8 +14936,8 @@
<node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14948,7 +14956,7 @@
<node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">modes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -14959,15 +14967,15 @@
<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>•</itemprepend>
<listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> (in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>horizontal
mode</dfn>) is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks
the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that
in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode &latex; is
in most of the time.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
<para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
<dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -14980,24 +14988,24 @@
box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
</para>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
an inline mathematical formula.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
differs in the two situations.)
</para>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is
building the list of lines and other material making the output page,
which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode &latex; is
in when it starts a document.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
<para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
<code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
@@ -15013,8 +15021,8 @@
changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
back to paragraph mode.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
<anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
<para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
@@ -15064,8 +15072,8 @@
<node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This
@@ -15073,8 +15081,8 @@
special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
the first page of an article.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is very helpful for constructing page
styles. See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -15090,7 +15098,7 @@
<node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -15135,7 +15143,7 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a
@@ -15146,15 +15154,15 @@
\author given</samp>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date. The <var>text</var>
doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you
omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information
for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at
@@ -15162,7 +15170,7 @@
address.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line
breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you
@@ -15183,7 +15191,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15229,8 +15237,8 @@
get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not
work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code> so to have the page number
@@ -15254,9 +15262,9 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15267,8 +15275,8 @@
<para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
from the current page onwards.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package
<code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
@@ -15283,7 +15291,7 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><para>The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number, centered.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">empty</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>The header and footer is empty.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>The header and footer are both empty.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">headings</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style
@@ -15361,7 +15369,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15401,8 +15409,8 @@
<node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">white space</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of
these are best suited to mathematical text; for these
@@ -15536,8 +15544,8 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15583,9 +15591,9 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15691,9 +15699,9 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -15757,7 +15765,7 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15785,7 +15793,7 @@
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15802,9 +15810,9 @@
<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
@@ -15878,11 +15886,11 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15931,8 +15939,8 @@
<para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -15975,10 +15983,10 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16007,8 +16015,8 @@
style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\
Knuth</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
(<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>). With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as
@@ -16021,7 +16029,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16064,7 +16072,7 @@
do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
</para>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called
<dfn>slant parameter</dfn> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether
to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
@@ -16115,7 +16123,7 @@
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
- \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z&arobase;}
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
@@ -16124,7 +16132,7 @@
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
- \leavevmode\cleaders\hb&arobase;xt&arobase;1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z&arobase;}
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
@@ -16247,7 +16255,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">strut</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16312,10 +16320,10 @@
descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives
the needed extra below-baseline space.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
<code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>. For instance, you may have a command
@@ -16352,8 +16360,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16420,8 +16428,8 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16460,8 +16468,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16521,14 +16529,14 @@
<node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
<para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
page. So these commands are central.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes.
One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>.
@@ -16549,9 +16557,9 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16644,11 +16652,11 @@
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space
after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>. You can use
@@ -16723,7 +16731,7 @@
</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is
0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as
<code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -16731,7 +16739,7 @@
<anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code>
(<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -16772,8 +16780,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -16902,7 +16910,7 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -17039,7 +17047,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17059,7 +17067,7 @@
<node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">color</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
@@ -17083,8 +17091,8 @@
<node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
</para>
@@ -17134,7 +17142,7 @@
<node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">color models</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors. &latex;&textrsquo;s
capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
@@ -17195,7 +17203,7 @@
<node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
</para>
@@ -17210,9 +17218,9 @@
<node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17246,8 +17254,8 @@
<node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -17348,9 +17356,9 @@
<node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -17404,10 +17412,10 @@
<node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -17438,8 +17446,8 @@
<node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -17488,8 +17496,8 @@
<node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
</para>
@@ -17569,9 +17577,9 @@
<node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
the graphic.
@@ -17713,8 +17721,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package.
</para>
@@ -17737,7 +17745,7 @@
<para>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
</para>
-<para>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<para>This example declares that all files with names of the form
<file>filename-without-dot.mps</file> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
@@ -17813,8 +17821,8 @@
<node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and
<code>graphicx</code> packages.
@@ -17830,15 +17838,15 @@
<node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package:
@@ -17974,8 +17982,8 @@
</para>
<para>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is
traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the
PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may
@@ -18231,9 +18239,9 @@
<node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package:
@@ -18322,12 +18330,12 @@
<node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
@@ -18372,12 +18380,12 @@
<node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses:
@@ -18402,7 +18410,7 @@
<para>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
the box&textrsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
</para>
<para>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and
@@ -18417,8 +18425,8 @@
<node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -18439,10 +18447,10 @@
<node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments. They are
called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are
@@ -18489,10 +18497,10 @@
<node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -18535,23 +18543,23 @@
<w> </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the
standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
<code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
<code>mfirstuc</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in
the original &tex; and &latex;. It has been implemented in the
@@ -18567,8 +18575,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -18586,11 +18594,11 @@
<node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
not available in OT1. As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all
@@ -18601,148 +18609,148 @@
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>©right; The copyright symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &latex; logo.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &latex;2e logo.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&guillemotleft;, &guillemotright;, ‹, ›
Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code>
and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>£ English pounds sterling.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
<para>„ and ‚
Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &tex; logo.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>^ ASCII circumflex.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>~ ASCII tilde.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>* Centered asterisk.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>\ Backslash.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>| Vertical bar.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>{ Left brace.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>} Right brace.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>• Bullet.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
<code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
is most useful in non-English languages. The
@@ -18750,21 +18758,21 @@
while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
<para>$ Dollar sign.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
<raggedright endspaces=" ">
<para>&textmdash; Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky
@@ -18773,29 +18781,29 @@
</para></raggedright>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The Euro currency symbol: €.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</para>
<para>For an alternative glyph design, try the
<code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
<para>¡ Upside down exclamation point.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an
en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
@@ -18803,27 +18811,27 @@
to the log file.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>> Greater than symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>< Less than symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
@@ -18831,86 +18839,86 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
<para>¿ Upside down question mark.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.)
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
<para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>®istered; Registered symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
</para>
<!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash? In Unicode? -->
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>_ Underscore.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -18920,17 +18928,17 @@
<node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and
languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which
supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The
@@ -18946,11 +18954,11 @@
lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
</para>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
<!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
<!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -18961,61 +18969,61 @@
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
</para>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under
<var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode
(<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
@@ -19026,35 +19034,35 @@
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
@@ -19065,7 +19073,7 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the
ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters.
The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
@@ -19074,16 +19082,16 @@
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="caron">o</accent> H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -19104,9 +19112,9 @@
</pre></example>
<para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
</para>
<para>These are accented <samp>e</samp> characters.
</para>
@@ -19119,7 +19127,8 @@
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<para>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
</para>
<para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is
@@ -19150,12 +19159,12 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
<anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -19166,22 +19175,22 @@
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(å)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(Å)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">aring</indexterm></cindex>
<para>å and Å.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(Æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
<para>æ and Æ.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(Ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19198,14 +19207,14 @@
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
@@ -19218,30 +19227,30 @@
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(Ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ø and Ø.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(Œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
<para>œ and Œ.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(ß)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ß and SS.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(Þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19266,9 +19275,9 @@
specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
useful to omit it.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>. There are many different encodings. The
simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
@@ -19333,8 +19342,8 @@
<para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
<para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
</para>
@@ -19342,8 +19351,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -19375,8 +19384,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19388,11 +19397,11 @@
<var>yyyy</var></samp>. An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
1976</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or
classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -19411,8 +19420,8 @@
<para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
<code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <code>datetime</code> package
which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -19426,16 +19435,16 @@
<node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">input file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
document. It can also speed processing.
</para>
<para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts. This shows such
a file with five included files.
</para>
@@ -19651,7 +19660,7 @@
\end{document}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp> The
<code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -19735,7 +19744,7 @@
<node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -19866,11 +19875,11 @@
<code>1.55em</code>. Change these as with
<code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for
@@ -19888,11 +19897,11 @@
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>
will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
@@ -19911,7 +19920,7 @@
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19939,7 +19948,7 @@
the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that
is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
@@ -19957,7 +19966,7 @@
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20136,7 +20145,7 @@
<node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -20183,14 +20192,14 @@
where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code>
(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
the <code>tocloft</code> package.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
<code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
@@ -20286,11 +20295,11 @@
<node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>If you tell &latex; what terms you want to appear in an index then it
can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers
@@ -20340,14 +20349,14 @@
index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code>
will cause &latex; to not show the index in the document output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code>
package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the
page where the <code>\index</code> appears. This can help in preparing the index.
@@ -20367,7 +20376,7 @@
<node name="Produce-the-index-manually" spaces=" "><nodename>Produce the index manually</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\index</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Produce the index manually</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
<para>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
@@ -20410,7 +20419,7 @@
<node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Produce the index manually</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -20437,7 +20446,7 @@
rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>All three index entries will get a page number, such as <samp>Ackermann,
22</samp>. &latex; will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the
@@ -20457,7 +20466,7 @@
instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before
<code>\index{Ackermann}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -20478,14 +20487,14 @@
followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
51</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>see</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -20542,8 +20551,8 @@
an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>.
(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
provided by <code>makeidx</code>. One is <code>index</code>, which allows for
@@ -20552,7 +20561,7 @@
<var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
</para>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
<file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file. Specifically, it writes text of the
command
@@ -20574,11 +20583,11 @@
<node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -20594,7 +20603,7 @@
actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
<code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
<para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows
@@ -20778,7 +20787,7 @@
<node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -20789,8 +20798,8 @@
<para>Place the index into the output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To get an index you must first include
<code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and
@@ -20804,9 +20813,9 @@
<node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
@@ -20854,7 +20863,7 @@
</para>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>. Put the
<code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -20874,7 +20883,7 @@
<node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -20946,7 +20955,7 @@
<node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -20988,8 +20997,8 @@
<node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21127,7 +21136,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21152,8 +21161,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21174,7 +21183,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21270,8 +21279,8 @@
<para>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column
contains the address for each recipient.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines
@@ -21300,7 +21309,7 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21320,7 +21329,7 @@
<node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21407,9 +21416,9 @@
<node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You
@@ -21433,9 +21442,9 @@
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21449,9 +21458,9 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
</pre></example>
-<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in Lua&latex;
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+Lua&latex;, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
</para>
<para>Here &tex; opens the file <file>presidents.tex</file> for reading.
</para>
@@ -21518,8 +21527,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21552,10 +21561,10 @@
<code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include &
\includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges.
CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>.
</para>
@@ -21707,9 +21716,9 @@
name. &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string
in the file.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and 15, because typically
&latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated
by the system. If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
@@ -21724,7 +21733,7 @@
followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are
special as <var>number</var>; see below.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256
(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
@@ -21752,7 +21761,7 @@
<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
<listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
<para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately.
Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
@@ -21761,8 +21770,8 @@
<code>##</code>).
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things
(as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out
@@ -21793,7 +21802,7 @@
<para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text
<samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of
<code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0
to 15 described above, in Plain &tex; <code>\write16</code> and
@@ -21803,8 +21812,8 @@
even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to
the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a
newline with <code>^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log
file:
@@ -21813,8 +21822,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write
@@ -21832,8 +21841,8 @@
<node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you
@@ -21856,7 +21865,7 @@
! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as
<code>\include{../filename}</code> because &latex; will try to open
<file>../filename.aux</file>. The simplest solution is to put the included
@@ -21957,10 +21966,10 @@
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -21973,8 +21982,8 @@
runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that
finishes.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This sequence (on Unix)
</para>
@@ -22023,7 +22032,7 @@
(<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>). (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is
a synonym, in &tex; Live.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use
a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those
that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use
@@ -22041,21 +22050,21 @@
<file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
<para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
<code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure
interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw
<code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
@@ -22076,9 +22085,9 @@
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle>
<anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
</para>
@@ -22142,7 +22151,7 @@
<node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
@@ -22170,10 +22179,10 @@
<anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
<code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex;
@@ -22194,8 +22203,8 @@
<noindent></noindent>
<para>eliminates most terminal output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string. The log file
@@ -22203,7 +22212,7 @@
<file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>. <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.
</para>
<anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist.
@@ -22218,8 +22227,8 @@
directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also
checked for input files.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -22261,7 +22270,7 @@
<node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>As part of the command line invocation
</para>
@@ -22273,8 +22282,8 @@
<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
allows you to do some special effects.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For example, this file (which uses the
<code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
@@ -22351,11 +22360,11 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the
@@ -22381,7 +22390,7 @@
-jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example).
</para>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback
default if no other name is available to &tex;. That is, if no
<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
@@ -22420,8 +22429,8 @@
including letters that are normally catcode 11.
</para>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
@@ -22470,8 +22479,8 @@
typo. You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other
options.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
<para>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to
include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case
@@ -22500,8 +22509,8 @@
<node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will
be useful. Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -22518,10 +22527,10 @@
<node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast
@@ -22558,7 +22567,7 @@
<node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A simple template for an article.
</para>
@@ -22587,7 +22596,7 @@
<node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This is a straightforward template for a book. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one.
@@ -22617,7 +22626,7 @@
<node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
for a simpler one.
Modified: trunk/mirroring.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/mirroring.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/mirroring.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
-<!-- This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
+<!-- $Id$
+This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
project. For information on the project, including license information, see
https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman.
-2018-September-22 Jim Hefferon Written -->
+Originally written 2018-September-22, Jim Hefferon. -->
<head>
<meta charset="UTF-8">
<title>Mirroring the LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual</title>
<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual)">
<style type="text/css">
- /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
+ /* $Id$
Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain.
Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
@@ -87,9 +88,9 @@
<p>It comes in a number of formats, including two HTML formats.
One has all the information on
- <a href="http://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">a single page</a>.
+ <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">a single page</a>.
The other has
- <a href="http://latexref.xyz/">separate pages</a>
+ <a href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate pages</a>
for each section or subsection.</p>
<p>If you would like to host either version, or both,
@@ -117,7 +118,9 @@
We'll illustrate with
<code>/home/jim/src/latexrefman/</code>.
In that directory run
- <code>svn checkout http://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk</code>
+ <pre>
+svn checkout https://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk
+ </pre>
to fetch a subdirectory <code>trunk/</code> with all of the files.
</li>
@@ -166,5 +169,6 @@
<hr/>
<div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'><i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
+<small>$Date$</small>
</body>
</html>
Property changes on: trunk/mirroring.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+Date Author Id Revision
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/writing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/writing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/writing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
-<!-- This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
+<!-- $Id$
+This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
project. For information on the project, including license information, see
https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman.
-2018-October Jim Hefferon, Karl Berry. Written -->
+Originally written October 2018, Jim Hefferon, Karl Berry. -->
<head>
<meta charset="UTF-8">
<title>Contributing to the LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual</title>
<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual)">
<style type="text/css">
- /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
+ /* $Id$
Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain.
Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
@@ -88,8 +89,8 @@
<p id="emaillist">We welcome bug reports or suggestions.
Please email to
<code>latexrefman at tug.org</code>
- (<a href="http://lists.tug.org/latexrefman/">subscribe</a>,
- <a href="http://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/">archive</a>).</p>
+ (<a href="https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman/">subscribe</a>,
+ <a href="https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/">archive</a>).</p>
<p>If you would like to contribute more systematically, that's great.
Here are some things a person could tackle, following the guidelines
@@ -101,7 +102,7 @@
Reading through the document will turn up plenty of places where you can
make an improvement.
For example, you can search in the (sole) source file
- <a href="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.texi">latex2e.texi</a>
+ <a href="https://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.texi">latex2e.texi</a>
for comments prefixed with "<tt>xx</tt>".
That is how we note areas that need more work.</li>
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
</li>
<li>Look through
- <a href="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/src/keeptrack.csv?view=markup"><code>keeptrack.csv</code></a>.
+ <a href="https://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/src/keeptrack.csv?view=markup"><code>keeptrack.csv</code></a>.
It lists all of the commands in the LaTeX source.
Each has a status:
<i>done</i> for commands already mentioned,
@@ -168,7 +169,7 @@
this command, to see if there are fine points that the entry should
cover (good sources are
<a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/">the TeX-LaTeX Stack Exchange</a>,
- <a href="http://tug.org/mailman/listinfo/texhax"><code>texhax</code></a>,
+ <a href="https://lists.tug.org/mailman/texhax"><code>texhax</code></a>,
and
<a href="https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/comp.text.tex"><code>comp.text.tex</code></a>).
If convenient, furnish any parameter values that are in the standard
@@ -238,7 +239,9 @@
(ii) create a convenient directory; here we illustrate with
<code>/home/jim/src/latexrefman/</code>, and
(iii) in that directory run
- <code>svn checkout http://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk</code>
+ <pre>
+ svn checkout https://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk
+ </pre>
to fetch the subdirectory <code>trunk/</code>.</p>
<p>
@@ -294,11 +297,13 @@
<ul>
<li><span class="listitem">Conservativeness</span>Don't change the document structure without prior discussion on the
mailing list. Changing the structure is a wider change that just modifying an existing entry or adding a new one.</li>
+
<li><span class="listitem">Backward compatibility</span>Please keep in mind that the document is exposed in a split
HTML with one page per node here: <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a>. So
every time you rename a node, you change the URL of the corresponding page and may break some link done by other
people to that page. To ensure backward compatibility, every time you do that create
an <code>@anchor{</code>…<code>} to the old name</code>.</li>
+
<li><span class="listitem">Elementary restructuring</span>Please keep in mind that the document is translated in
several languages. Do not make changes where both the node order is changed <i>and</i> the node content is changed. If
you do this, it becomes more difficult for the translators to track down what content change has happened. Do this
@@ -312,5 +317,6 @@
<hr/>
<div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
+<small>$Date$</small>
</body>
</html>
Property changes on: trunk/writing.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+Date Author Id Revision
\ No newline at end of property
More information about the latexrefman-commits
mailing list.